U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-KSB

[X] Annual report under Section 13 or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

[ ] Transition report under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 for the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 000-27507

AUXILIO, INC.
(Name of Small Business Issuer in its Charter)

            Nevada                                 88-0350448
(State or other jurisdiction of                 (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                 Identification No.)

27401 Los Altos, Suite 100, Mission Viejo, California 92691
(Address of principal executive offices)

(949) 614-0700
(Issuer's telephone number)

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock, $.001 par value
(Title of Class)

Check whether the issuer (1) filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:
Yes [X] No [ ]

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-B contained in this form, and no disclosure will be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

Issuer's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $7,281,809.

The aggregate market value for the Issuer's voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Issuer based upon the $2.27 per share closing sale price of the Common Stock on March 30, 2005 as reported on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, was approximately $28,952,189. Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 5% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

As of March 30, 2005, Registrant had 15,424,662 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

1

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III hereof.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format (check one):
Yes [ ] No [X]

2

AUXILIO, INC.
FORM 10-KSB ANNUAL REPORT

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

                                     PART I

ITEM 1       Description of Business..........................................4

ITEM 2       Description of Properties........................................7

ITEM 3       Legal Proceedings................................................7

ITEM 4       Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders..............7

                                     PART II

ITEM 5       Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.........7

ITEM 6       Management's Discussion and Analysis and Plan of Operations......9

ITEM 7       Consolidated Financial Statements........................F-2--F-25

ITEM 8       Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
             on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..........................17

ITEM 8A      Controls and Procedures.........................................17

ITEM 8B      Other Information...............................................18

                                    PART III

ITEM 9       Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons:
             Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act ..............18

ITEM 10      Executive Compensation..........................................19

ITEM 11      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
             and Related Stockholder Matters.................................19

ITEM 12      Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions............19

ITEM 13      Exhibits........................................................19

ITEM 14      Principal Accountant Fees and Services..........................20

3

PART I

Statements contained in this Report that are not historical facts or that discuss our expectations or beliefs regarding our future operations or future financial performance, or financial or other trends in our business, constitute "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act") and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act"). Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Often, they include the words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "estimate," "project," or words of similar meaning, or future or conditional verbs such as "will," "would," "should," "could," or "may." The achievement or realization of the expectations or beliefs set forth in forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our financial condition or operating results in the future to differ significantly from those expected at the current time. Those risks and uncertainties are described in Part II of this Report in the Section entitled "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS AND PLAN OF OPERATIONS--Factors That May Affect Our Future Results" and readers of this Report are urged to read the cautionary statements contained in that Section of this Report. Due to these uncertainties and risks, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in the Report, which speak only as of the date of this Annual Report. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Item 1. Description of Business

Introduction

Auxilio, Inc. (the "Company" or "Auxilio") was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Nevada on August 29th, 1995, under the name Corporate Development Centers, Inc. As a result of a series of transactions, which are more fully described in the section entitled "Background" below, the Company, in April 2004, changed its name to Auxilio, Inc. The Company is currently headquartered in Orange County, California, with its principal executive offices located at 27401 Los Altos, Suite 100, Mission Viejo, 92691. The Company is engaged in the business of providing fully outsourced document image management services to the healthcare industry. For more information on the Company and its products and services see the section entitled "Principal Products or Services" below or visit our website at www.auxilioinc.com.

Where appropriate, references to "Auxilio", the "Company," "we" or "our" include Auxilio, Inc., Auxilio Solutions, Inc., e-Perception Technologies, Inc. and PeopleView, Inc.

Background

Auxilio, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Nevada on August 29, 1995. From its incorporation in August 1995 until January 2002, the Company had no significant operations. In January of 2002, the Company's predecessor e-Perception Technologies, Inc. ("e-Perception"), a Human Resources software concern, completed a tender offer with Corporate Development Centers, Inc. ("CDC"). CDC's common stock traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. In connection with the tender offer, the stockholders of e-Perception received one (1) share of CDC for each four (4) shares of e-Perception common stock they owned prior to the tender offer. As a result, e-Perception became a wholly owned subsidiary of CDC. CDC subsequently changed its name to e-Perception, Inc. Approximately eighteen months later e-Perception changed its name to PeopleView, Inc. ("PeopleView") and traded under the symbol PPVW.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and including the period from January 1, to March 31, 2004, PeopleView developed, marketed and supported web based assessment and reporting tools and provided consulting services that enabled companies to manage their Human Capital Management (HCM) needs in real-time. Companies ranging in size from 50 person firms to Fortune 500 companies implemented our solutions in order to have deep insight into their human capital assets.

4

In March of 2004, PeopleView entered into an asset purchase and sale agreement with Workstream, Inc. (NASDQ:WSTM) ("Workstream") whereby the Company sold to Workstream essentially all of its assets, including its software products and related intellectual property, its accounts receivable, certain computer equipment, customer lists, and the PeopleView name, among other things. Pursuant to an addendum to the original agreement, the final consideration the Company received was cash equal to $250,000, 246,900 shares of Workstream common stock, and a warrant to purchase an additional 50,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The business operations of PeopleView were discontinued in March 2004.

On April, 1, 2004, PeopleView completed the acquisition of Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc. dba The Mayo Group (and referred to herein as "TMG"). TMG offered outsourced image management services to healthcare facilities throughout California, and this acquisition forms the basis for Auxilio's current operations. Subsequent to the acquisition of TMG, PeopleView changed its name to Auxilio, Inc. and changed TMG's subsidiary name to Auxilio Solutions, Inc. Our stock now trades on the Over-the Counter Bulletin Board under the symbol AUXO.OB.

Principal Products or Services

Auxilio is a services and technology firm that provides fully outsourced document image management services ("Image Management") to the healthcare industry. Auxilio provides full-time on-site management teams to perform a customized Image Management program that includes the following services:

o Vendor monitoring, management and contract negotiation
o Change management and end-user training programs
o Utilization management
o Financial reporting
o Workflow efficiency management
o Information systems integration, connectivity and image migration strategies
o Strategy execution working with the customer to execute a long-term Image Management strategy

Auxilio's products and services also include the sales, integration and services of automated office equipment including digital and color copiers, printers, facsimile machines and multi-function equipment.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive market. The majority of the competition in the healthcare industry market for Image Management services comes primarily from the large photocopy/multi-functional digital device manufacturers such as Xerox, Canon, Konica Minolta, Ricoh and Sharp. In addition to the manufacturers the competitive landscape contains large equipment dealer/distributors such as Ikon, Lanier, and Global Imaging Systems as well as a number of regional and local equipment dealers and distributors that exist in the communities which the hospitals serve. Our analysis of the competitive landscape shows a very strong opportunity for fully outsourced Image Management services to the healthcare industry.

While this competition does present a significant competitive threat, Auxilio feels that it has a strong competitive position in the marketplace due to a number of important reasons:

5

o Auxilio is unique in its 100% focus on healthcare. No other vendor/service provider has its entire business dedicated to solving issues inside of healthcare with the expertise and knowledge base unmatched in the market. This fact provides Auxilio with a competitive advantage by being focused experts on the document image production issues related to healthcare and not distracted by other markets causing focus and service to suffer.

o Auxilio is unique in its approach to providing fully outsourced Image Management programs. Auxilio's program is completely outsourced and hospitals need only pay a single invoice. None of the competition attempts to run the image production as a department in the hospital with a full-time staff on-site. The vendors and dealers in the vast majority of instances have multiple small and large customers in a geographic area to whom they are providing services and this causes major delays in service and supplies to the hospitals. In addition, by focusing solely on the hospital campus Auxilio enjoys much lower turn-around times for service, greater up sell opportunities and a much deeper service relationship with the customer.

o Auxilio is not restricted to any single equipment vendor. Auxilio is committed to bringing the best of breed hardware and software solutions to our customers. Our approach is to use the best technology to solve the solution in the best manner possible without any prejudice as to equipment.

o Auxilio maintains a daily connection with the hospital providing a detailed strategy and plan on equipment acquisition saving the hospitals a great deal of time, effort and money in this cumbersome and confusing process.

Customers

Most of the Company's customers are hospitals and Integrated Health Delivery Networks (IDN). The loss of any key customer could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's financial condition, business, prospects and results of operation. The Company's largest customer represents approximately 65% of the Company's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Intellectual Property

The Company has not applied for or been granted any patents with respect to its technology, or processes, as related to document and image management, in addition to document and image processing.

Government Regulation

We are subject to federal, state and local regulations concerning the environment, occupational safety and health standards. We have not experienced significant difficulty in complying with such regulations and compliance has not had a material effect on our business or our financial results.

Research and Development

Commencing April 1, 2004, with the focus on document and image management, in addition to document and image processing, we incurred minimal research and development expenses for 2004. Prior to April 1, 2004, the research and development organization was responsible for product architecture, core technology, product testing and quality assurance and ensuring the compatibility of the products with leading hardware platforms, operating systems and database systems for the Company's Human Resources software. In addition, that organization supported some pre-sale and customer support activities. For the first quarter of 2004 we incurred research and development expenses of $46,249. In 2003, we incurred research and development expenses of $659,910. The majority of the research and development organization was outsourced to Prosys, Inc., a New Dehli based software development firm. In addition the product development was outsourced to J. Joseph Inc., a Nevada based technology consulting firm. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, research and development expenses are included in discontinued operations.

6

Employees

As of December 31, 2004, we had forty-six full-time employees. Of these employees, twenty-nine were engaged in providing services, nine were engaged in sales and marketing, and eight were engaged in general and administrative. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our relations with our employees to be good.

Item 2. Description of Properties

We currently lease approximately 6,672 square feet of office space in one building located in Mission Viejo, California. The lease terminates on January 31, 2010. We lease approximately 12,000 square feet of warehouse space in Los Angeles, California, which serves as storage for excess equipment and supplies. The lease terminates July 31, 2006. We sublease approximately 8,836 square feet of office space in Glendale, California. The Company has vacated this space. The sublease terminates July 30, 2005.

The Company expects that the current leased premises will be satisfactory until the future growth of its business operations necessitates an increase in office space. There is an ample supply of office space in the Orange County area and we do not anticipate any problem in securing additional space if, and when, necessary.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation relating to claims arising from our ordinary course of business. We are aware of no claims or actions pending or threatened against us, the ultimate disposition of which would have a material adverse effect on us.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

The Company's common stock currently trades on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, under the trading symbol of "AUXO.OB". The Company had lost its trading symbol in or about September 1999. The Company was re-listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board on November 29, 2001. In January 2002, the Company changed its stock symbol to "EPER.OB". In June 2003, the Company changed its stock symbol to "PPVW.OB". On June 21, 2004, the Company changed its stock symbol to "AUXO.OB". Because we are listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, our securities may be less liquid, receive less coverage by security analysts and news media, and generate lower prices than might otherwise be obtained if they were listed on a NASDAQ market or other exchange.

7

The following table sets forth for each quarter during fiscal years 2004 and 2003 the high and low bid quotations for the Common Stock as reported by NASDAQ.

Quarter                                        Low           High
-------                                        ---           ----
January 1, 2003--March 31, 2003.             $  0.99       $  7.65
April 1, 2003--June 30, 2003.                $  0.99       $  3.03
July 1, 2003--September 30, 2003.            $  0.75       $  2.40
October 1, 2003--December 31, 2003.          $  1.35       $  1.95
January 1, 2004--March 31, 2004.             $  0.75       $  2.70
April 1, 2004--June 30, 2004.                $  0.75       $  1.20
July 1, 2004--September 30, 2004.            $  0.65       $  1.75
October 1, 2004--December 31, 2004.          $  1.50       $  3.00

On March 30, 2005, the Company had approximately 336 stockholders of record.

The Company has not paid any dividends on its Common Stock and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. The Company intends to apply its earnings, if any, in expanding its operations and related activities. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors and will depend upon such factors as earnings levels, capital requirements, the Company's financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. In addition, the Company's ability to pay dividends may be limited under future loan agreements of the Company which restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides certain information as of December 31, 2004 with respect to the Company's equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are authorized for issuance.

                                                               Number of Securities                             Number of
                                                                 to be Issued Upon      Weighted Average       Securities
                                                                    Exercise of         Exercise Price of       Remaining
                                                               Outstanding Options,        Outstanding        Available for
                                                                     Warrants          Options, Warrants    Future Issuances
                            Plan                                    and Rights             and Rights          Under Plan
                            ----                                    ----------             ----------          ----------
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1):          1,361,580                $1.07             2,105,087
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders (2):      1,236,955                $1.04                    --
                                                                     ---------                                  ---------
    Total                                                            2,598,535                                  2,105,087
                                                                     =========                                  =========

(1) These plans consist of the 2000 Stock Option Plan, 2001 Stock Option Plan, the 2003 Stock Option Plan and the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

(2) Warrants and rights. From time to time and at the discretion of the Board of Directors the Company may issue warrants to key individuals or officers of the Company as performance based compensation.

On December 28, 2004, Auxilio entered into a Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Mr. Michael D. Vanderhoof. Mr. Vanderhoof is a director of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company can borrow up to $500,007 (the "Revolving Loan"). Money will be advanced to Auxilio by Mr. Vanderhoof against the $500,000 limit upon six business days advance written notice by the Company. Interest will accrue daily upon any unpaid principal balance at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Accrued interest is payable in full monthly. All outstanding principal is due and payable in full on December 10, 2005. The Revolving Loan is secured by all of the Company's inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, cash, deposit accounts, securities, intellectual property, chattel paper, general intangibles and instruments, now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof. In consideration for the making of the Revolving Loan, Mr. Vanderhoof also received a warrant to purchase common shares of the Company in a number equal to 10% of the highest amount outstanding. For example, if the full amount of $500,000 is borrowed, the holder will have the right to purchase 50,000 shares of stock. The exercise price is equal to $2.00 per share. As of March 30, 2005 the Company borrowed $500,000 and issued 50,000 warrants in connection with the Revolving Loan.

8

On April 1, 2004, the Company completed the acquisition of Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc. (doing business as "The Mayo Group" and referred to herein as "TMG"). The purchase price for the acquisition of TMG was equal to $255,000 in cash and 1,700,030 shares of the Company's common stock, all payable upon the closing. In addition, upon closing the Company deposited (a) $45,000 in an indemnity escrow account, (b) 300,005 shares of common stock in an indemnity escrow account, (c) 2,000,035 shares of common stock in an escrow account as contingency for certain performance goals, and (d) a note payable in the amount of $315,000 due April 15, 2005, which note is also subject to certain contingent performance goals. All contingent amounts from the original agreement have subsequently been paid (both cash and stock). Therefore the foregoing amounts are included in the purchase price as is required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (SFAS 141). In addition to the above amounts, the Company has included severance payments totaling $465,500. Other acquisition costs totaling $264,174 were incurred during the twelve months ended December 31, 2004 and has been included in the purchase price. All of the Company's operations after April 1, 2004 are the operations of TMG. The Company obtained a formal valuation determining that of the $3,013,929 excess purchase price of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, $1,500,000 could be allocated to non-compete agreements, customer relationships and backlog. These intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 3-5 years.

In March 2004, the Company initiated a private placement of its common stock at a purchase price of $0.30 per share. On May 15, 2004, the Company closed the offering, selling 1,733,833 shares, with net proceeds of $520,150. The offering was made in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933.

In March 2003, the Company initiated a private placement of its common stock, which opened at $0.75 per share. The offering was made in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company closed the offering on September 30, 2003, selling 3,660,597 shares, with net proceeds of $2,470,903. Total costs related to the placement were $546,764. Included in this amount is $272,219 of expense related to the fair market value of the 366,023 warrants issued to the selling group.

The Company completed a private placement of its common stock on January 15, 2003. The Company sold 342,721 shares of common stock in this offering at a purchase price of $3.00 per share. In March 2003, the Board of Directors of the Company voted to reprice the shares sold in the offering because of the Company's inability to meet the revenue projections described to investors in the offering. The Company repriced the common stock sold in the offering to $0.75 per share (the "Repricing"). The Company gave each purchaser the election to either rescind his investment, or accept four shares of common stock for each share purchased in the offering. Four investors elected to rescind their investment, totaling 22,667 shares, for $68,000. After the Repricing, and after the rescission, $920,163 had been collected in connection with such offering. Pursuant to the Repricing, an additional 920,163 shares were issued for a total of 1,226,884 shares sold in this offering. The offering was made in reliance on Rule 506 of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933.

Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis and Plan of Operations

INTRODUCTION

The following discussion presents information about our consolidated results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Report.

9

Forward Looking Statements. This discussion contains statements regarding operating trends and our beliefs and expectations regarding our future financial performance and future financial condition (which are referred to as "forward looking statements"). The consequences of those operating trends on our business and the realization of our expected future financial results, which are discussed in those statements, are subject to the uncertainties and risks described below in this Section of this Report under the caption "Factors That May Affect Future Results." Due to those uncertainties and risks, the duration and effects of those operating trends on our business and our future financial performance may differ, possibly significantly, from those that are currently expected as set forth in the forward looking statements. As a result, you should not place undue reliance on those forward looking statements.

OVERVIEW

In May 2004, the Company received shareholder approval to change the Company name to Auxilio, Inc. ("Auxilio"), from PeopleView, Inc. The new stock symbol is AUXO.OB.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and including the period from January 1, to March 31, 2004, Auxilio developed, marketed and supported web based assessment and reporting tools and provided consulting services that enabled companies to manage their Human Capital Management (HCM) needs in real-time. Companies ranging in size from 50 person firms to Fortune 500 companies implemented our solutions in order to have deep insight into their human capital assets.

In March, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with Workstream, Inc. whereby the Company sold to Workstream the following: Accounts receivable, certain computer equipment, customer list, existing customer contracts, the PeopleView name, and the technology and product offerings that had been recently revised and improved, including ClimateSight(TM), SkillSight(TM), PerformanceSight(TM), ComplianceSight(TM) and HCM TOOLS(TM). Pursuant to this transaction, the Company is focusing its efforts in providing outsourced image management services to healthcare facilities.

In April 2004, one of the Company's subsidiaries, PPVW Acquisition Company, completed an acquisition of Alan Mayo & Associates, dba The Mayo Group ("The Mayo Group" or "TMG"). Effective with the acquisition, PPVW Acquisition Company changed its name to The Mayo Group, and subsequently changed the name to Auxilio Solutions, Inc. ("ASI"). ASI provides outsourced document image management services for healthcare facilities. Operations from April 1, 2004 will include the operations of ASI. An 8-K was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on April 16, 2004 reporting this transaction. The audited financial statements of The Mayo Group were filed on September 27, 2004.

ASI provides integration strategies and outsourced services for document image management in healthcare facilities. The Company helps hospitals and health systems reduce expenses and create manageable, dependable document image management programs by managing their back-office processes. The process is initiated through a detailed proprietary TeqTrak(TM) analysis. TeqTrak(TM) is a financial analysis that is performed at the customer premises using a combination of proprietary processes and innovative web based technology for data collection and report generation. After TeqTrak(TM) and upon engagement, ASI capitates the cost of the entire document image management process for the customer and places a highly trained resident team on site to manage the process. ASI is focused solely on the healthcare industry.

As a result of the acquisition of TMG and disposal of the Company's previous product offering to Workstream, the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004, are not comparable to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003.

10

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate these estimates, including those related to customer programs and incentives, product returns, bad debts, inventories, investments, intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and litigation. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We consider the following accounting policies to be both those most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and those that require the most subjective judgment:

o Revenue recognition
o Accounts receivable valuation and related reserves
o Valuation of fixed assets
o Accounting for income taxes
o Impairment of intangible assets

See disclosures in Note 1 of the financial statements for the Company's accounting policies and procedures.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2004

Net Revenue

Net revenue increased $5,906,868 or 430 percent, to $7,281,809 for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to the same period in 2003. Revenues for 2003 and the first quarter of 2004 related to the disposed business are included in discontinued operations. This increase was due to the acquisition of The Mayo Group. 100% of the Company's net revenue as presented on the consolidated statement of operations, for the year ended 2004, were derived from the sales and services of outsourced image management and document imaging equipment, and 0% was derived from solutions related to its previous business operations.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of document imaging equipment, parts, supplies and salaries and expenses of field services personnel. Cost of revenue increased by $3,233,380 to $4,012,100, or 55 percent of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $778,720, or 57 percent of sales for the same period in 2003. Cost of revenues for 2003 and the first quarter of 2004 related to the disposed business are included in discontinued operations. The increase in cost of revenues was due to the increase in revenues associated with the change in business operations comprised of sales and services of outsourced image management and document imaging equipment.

11

Research and Development

Pursuant to the Workstream transaction, the Company no longer incurs research and development expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, research and development expenses consisted of personnel expenses and associated overhead that are included in discontinued operations. The Company's investment in research and development decreased $659,910 to $0, or 0 percent of sales for year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $659,910, or 48 percent of sales for the same period in 2003. All costs currently incurred in 2004 and 2003, in the research and development of new software products were expensed as incurred. Auxilio is not involved in research and development as the Company has changed its business pursuant to the acquisition of The Mayo Group.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses include salaries, commissions and expenses of sales and marketing personnel, travel and entertainment, and other selling and marketing costs. Sales and marketing expenses decreased by $92,010 to $1,423,106, or 20 percent of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $1,515,116, or 110 percent of sales for the same period in 2003. Sales and marketing for 2003 and the first quarter of 2004 related to the disposed business are included in discontinued operations. This decrease was primarily due to the change in business activity, as marketing related expenses for the business activities in outsourced image management services are lower. The decrease in the sales and marketing expenses as a percent of sales is a result of the 430% increase in revenue.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses, which include personnel costs for finance, administration, information systems, and general management, as well as facilities expenses, professional fees, legal expenses, and other administrative costs, increased by $44,014 to $1,285,576, or 18 percent of sales for the year ended December 31, 2004, as compared to $1,241,562, or 90 percent of sales for same period in 2003. Certain general and administrative expenses for 2003 and first quarter of 2004 which are related to the disposed business are included in discontinued operations. The increase for the current year was primarily due to the change in the business activities to outsourced image management services. The decrease in the general and administrative expenses as a percent of sales is a result of the 430% increase in revenue.

Intangible Asset Amortization

Intangible asset amortization was $333,092 for the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to $13,736 for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase in amortization expense is a result of the acquisition of TMG and the allocation of part of the purchase price to certain intangible assets. See Note 2 of the Company's financial statements. Intangible asset amortization for 2003 relates to the disposed business that is included in discontinued operations.

Other Income (Expense)

Other income and expense includes interest income net of interest expense. Interest income is primarily derived from short-term interest-bearing securities and money market accounts. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 was $13,662 compared to $16,088 for the same period in 2003. Interest income for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 was $6,148 compared to $3,772 for the same period in 2003, primarily due to an increase in the average balance of invested cash and short-term investments.

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

During the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recognized a loss on disposal of fixed assets of $442,142 relating to its non HCM tools software solution and related assets. Due to competitive forces, the Company determined to focus efforts on the new HCM tools offering. The loss is related to the disposed business and included in discontinued operations.

12

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents were equal to $951,090. The Company's principal cash requirements are for operating expenses, including equipment, supplies, employee costs, capital expenditures and funding of the operations. The Company's primary sources of cash are from revenues and private placements of the Company's common stock.

During the year ended 2004, the Company generated $655,167 from operating activities, as compared to $2,563,144 used for operating activities for the same period in 2003. The increase in cash generated was primarily due to the increase in revenue and related collections, as a result of the acquisition of The Mayo Group.

On December 28, 2004, Auxilio entered into a Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Mr. Michael D. Vanderhoof. Mr. Vanderhoof is a director of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company can borrow up to $500,000 (the "Revolving Loan"). Money will be advanced to Auxilio by Mr. Vanderhoof against the $500,000 limit upon six business days advance written notice by the Company. Interest will accrue daily upon any unpaid principal balance at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Accrued interest is payable in full monthly. All outstanding principal is due and payable in full on December 10, 2005. The Revolving Loan is secured by all of the Company's inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, cash, deposit accounts, securities, Intellectual Property, chattel paper, general intangibles and instruments, now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof. In consideration for the making of the Revolving Loan, Mr. Vanderhoof will also receive a warrant to purchase common shares of the Company in a number equal to 10% of the highest amount outstanding. For example, if the full amount of $500,000 is borrowed, the holder will have the right to purchase 50,000 shares of stock. The exercise price is equal to $2.00 per share. The warrant is being accounted for under APB 25. As of December 31, 2004 the Company had not borrowed under the Revolving Loan. As of March 30, 2005, the Company has borrowed $500,000 and issued 50,000 warrants.

In February, 2005, the Company initiated a private placement of its common stock, at $2.00 per share. As of March 30, 2005, $1,808,720 of net proceeds has been collected, resulting in an additional 983,000 shares being issued. The Company is dependent upon the successful completion of this private placement. Our need for such additional financing depends in part on our future performance, which, in turn, is subject to general economic conditions, and business and other factors beyond our control. The Company anticipates that the cash from the private placement and the borrowings from Michael D. Vanderhoof are sufficient to sustain the business operations over the next twelve months.

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Liabilities and Commitments

The Company leases certain of its facilities under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements that expire at various dates through 2009. The following table summarizes future minimum payments for these leases as of December 31, 2004:

                          Total               2005               2006-2007          2008-2009
                      --------------- --------------------- --------------------- --------------
Operating Leases         $977,346           $275,207              $357,994          $344,145

FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

This Report, including the discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations set forth above, contains certain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements set forth estimates of, or our expectations or beliefs regarding, our future financial performance. Those estimates, expectations and beliefs are based on current information and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual operating results and financial performance in the future to differ, possibly significantly, from those set forth in the forward-looking statements contained in this Report and, for that reason, you should not place undue reliance on those forward-looking statements. Those risks and uncertainties include, although they are not limited to, the following:

13

WE ARE A NEW COMPANY WITH A LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY.

Our business was incorporated in March 2000. During March and April of 2004, we entered into two transactions which changed the Company's business operations and revenue model. In March 2004, the Company sold its survey and assessment software to Workstream, Inc. In April 2004, the Company completed an acquisition of TMG and as a result of such acquisition, entered the Image Management industry. The future revenue opportunity is focused on providing outsourced financial and business processes for image management in healthcare. We have limited operating history in this industry on which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects, and any investment decision must be considered in light of the risks and uncertainties encountered by companies in the early stages of development. Such risks and uncertainties are frequently more severe for those companies operating in new and rapidly evolving markets.

Some of the factors upon which our success will depend include (but are not limited to) the following:

o the emergence of competitors in our target market, and the quality and development of their products and services;
o the market's acceptance of our products and services.

In order to address these risks, we must (among other things) be able to:

o successfully complete the development of our products and services;
o modify our products and services as necessary to meet the demands of our market;
o attract and retain highly skilled employees; and
o respond to competitive influences.

On an ongoing basis, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully address any of these risks.

WE FACE SUBSTANTIAL COMPETITION FROM BETTER ESTABLISHED COMPANIES THAT MAY HAVE SIGNIFICANTLY GREATER RESOURCES WHICH COULD LEAD TO REDUCED SALES OF OUR PRODUCTS.

The market for our products and services is competitive and is likely to become even more competitive in the future. Increased competition could result in pricing pressures, reduced sales, reduced margins or the failure of our products and services to achieve or maintain market acceptance, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Many of our current and potential competitors enjoy substantial competitive advantages, such as:

o greater name recognition and larger marketing budgets and resources;
o established marketing relationships and access to larger customer bases;
o substantially greater financial, technical and other resources; and
o larger technical and support staffs.

As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or customer requirements. For all of the foregoing reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current and future competitors.

14

THE COMPANY HAS A HISTORY OF LOSSES AND MAY NEED ADDITIONAL FINANCING TO CONTINUE ITS OPERATIONS, AND SUCH FINANCING MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE UPON FAVORABLE TERMS, IF AT ALL.

The Company experienced net operating income of approximately $228,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, a net operating loss of approximately $2.9 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003 (before reclassification for discontinued operations) and a net operating loss of approximately $1.7 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002. There can be no assurances that the Company will be able to operate profitably in the future. In the event that the Company is not successful in implementing its business plan, the Company will require additional financing in order to succeed. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available now or in the future on terms that are acceptable to the Company. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to develop or enhance its products and services, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or operating results.

WE ARE DEPENDENT UPON OUR VENDORS TO CONTINUE TO SUPPLY US EQUIPMENT, PARTS, SUPPLIES, AND SERVICES AT COMPARABLE TERMS AND PRICE LEVELS AS THE BUSINESS GROWS.

Our access to equipment, parts, supplies, and services depends upon our relationships with, and our ability to purchase these items on competitive terms from our principal vendors. We do not enter into long-term supply contracts with these vendors and we have no current plans to do so in the future. These vendors are not required to use us to distribute their equipment and are free to change the prices and other terms at which they sell to us. In addition, we compete with the selling efforts of some of these vendors. Significant deterioration in relationships with, or in the financial condition of, these significant vendors could have an adverse impact on our ability to sell and lease equipment as well as our ability to provide effective service and technical support. If one of these vendors terminates or significantly curtails its relationship with us, or if one of these vendors ceases operations, we would be forced to expand our relationships with our existing vendors or seek out new relationships with previously-unused vendors.

WE ARE DEPENDENT UPON OUR LARGEST CUSTOMER.

The loss of any key customer could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's financial condition, business, prospects and results of operation. The Company's largest customer, Huntington Memorial Hospital, represents approximately 65% of the Company's revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004. Although the Company anticipates that this customer will represent less than 15% of revenue for 2005 and less than 10% for 2006, the loss of this customer may contribute to our inability to operate as a going concern and may require us to obtain additional equity funding or debt financing (beyond the amounts described above) to continue our operations. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain such additional financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

WE ARE DEPENDENT ON OUR MANAGEMENT TEAM AND THE UNEXPECTED LOSS OF ANY KEY MEMBER OF THIS TEAM MAY PREVENT US FROM IMPLEMENTING OUR BUSINESS PLAN IN A TIMELY MANNER OR AT ALL.

Our future success depends on the continued services and performance of our management team and our key employees and their ability to work together effectively. If our management team fails to work together effectively, our business could be harmed. Although we believe we will be able to retain these key employees, and continue hiring qualified personnel, our inability to do so could materially adversely affect our ability to market, sell, and enhance our services. The loss of key employees or our inability to hire and retain other qualified employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

15

THE MARKET MAY NOT ACCEPT OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND OUR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES MAY NOT ADDRESS THE MARKET'S REQUIREMENTS.

Our products and services are targeted to the healthcare market, a market in which there are many competing service providers. Accordingly, the demand for our products and services is very uncertain. The market may not accept our products and services. Even if our products and services achieve market acceptance, our products and services may fail to address the market's requirements adequately.

IF WE FAIL TO PROVIDE SERVICES, OUR REVENUES AND PROFITABILITY WOULD BE HARMED.

Our services are integral to the successful deployment of our solutions. If our services organization does not effectively implement and support our customers, our revenues and operating results would be harmed.

IF WE NEED ADDITIONAL FINANCING TO MAINTAIN AND EXPAND OUR BUSINESS, FINANCING MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE ON FAVORABLE TERMS, IF AT ALL.

We may need additional funds to expand or meet all of our operating needs. If we need additional financing, we cannot be certain that it will be available on favorable terms, if at all. Further, if we issue equity securities, stockholders will experience additional dilution and the equity securities may have seniority over our common stock. If we need funds and cannot raise them on acceptable terms, we may not be able to:

o Develop or enhance our service offerings;
o Take advantage of future opportunities; or
o Respond to customers and competition.

WE MUST MANAGE GROWTH TO ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY.

To be successful, we will need to implement additional management information systems, develop further our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls and maintain close coordination among our executive, finance, marketing, sales and operations organizations. Any failure to manage growth effectively could materially harm our business.

SHAREHOLDERS WILL EXPERIENCE DILUTION AS A RESULT OF THE COMPANY'S STOCK OPTION PLANS.

The Company has granted stock options to its employees and anticipates granting additional stock options to its employees in order to remain competitive with the market demand for such qualified employees. As a result, investors could experience dilution.

IT MAY BE DIFFICULT FOR A THIRD PARTY TO ACQUIRE US EVEN IF DOING SO WOULD BE BENEFICIAL TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS.

Some provisions of our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws, as well as some provisions of Nevada or California law, may discourage, delay or prevent third parties from acquiring us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders.

16

WE DO NOT INTEND TO PAY DIVIDENDS.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund growth and, therefore, do not expect to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

FUTURE SALES OF RESTRICTED SHARES COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND LIMIT OUR ABILITY TO COMPLETE ADDITIONAL FINANCING.

Although our shares are currently trading on the OTC Bulletin Board, the volume of trading of our common stock and the number of shares in the public float are small. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock into the public market in the future could materially adversely affect the prevailing market price for our common stock. In connection with our acquisition of TMG, we issued 4,000,070 shares of common stock, all of which will become eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act in the second calendar quarter of 2005. Such a large "over-hang" of stock eligible for sale in the public market, including shares of common stock offered pursuant to this Memorandum which may become eligible for resale in the future, may have the effect of depressing the price of our common stock, and make it difficult or impossible for us to obtain additional debt or equity financing.

OUR STOCK PRICE HAS FLUCTUATED AND COULD CONTINUE TO FLUCTUATE SIGNIFICANTLY.

The market price for our common stock has been, and is likely to continue to be, volatile. The following factors may cause significant fluctuations in the market price of our ordinary shares:

o Fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and earnings or those of our competitors;
o Shortfalls in our operating results compared to levels expected by the investment community;
o Announcements concerning us or our competitors;
o Announcements of technological innovations;
o Sale of shares or short-selling efforts by traders or other investors;
o Market conditions in the industry; and
o The conditions of the securities markets.

The factors discussed above may depress or cause volatility of our share price, regardless of our actual operating results.

Item 7. Consolidated Financial Statements

See the consolidated financial statements attached to and made a part of this report.

Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 8A. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with an objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in Auxilio's periodic reports filed with the SEC, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed with an objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to Auxilio's management, including the CEO and CFO, in order to allow timely consideration regarding required disclosures.

The evaluation of Auxilio's disclosure controls by the CEO and CFO included a review of the controls' objectives and design, the operation of the controls, and the effect of the controls on the information presented in this Annual Report. Auxilio's management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that disclosure controls can or will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud, if any. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Also, projections of any evaluation of the disclosure controls and procedures to future periods are subject to the risk that the disclosure controls and procedures may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

17

Based on their review and evaluation as of the date of this statement, and subject to the inherent limitations all as described above, Auxilio's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that Auxilio's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective except as discussed in the next paragraph below.

In connection with the completion of its audit of, and the issuance of its report on, our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004, Auxilio identified deficiencies that existed in the design or operation of our internal controls over financial reporting that it considered to be "material weaknesses." The Public Company Accounting Oversight Board had defined a material weakness as a "significant deficiency or combination of significant deficiencies that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial will not be prevented or detected."

The deficiencies in our internal controls relates to the timely reconciliation of income taxes required by SFAS No. 109. The unrecorded transactions and disclosure deficiencies were detected in the audit process and have been appropriately recorded and disclosed in this Form 10-KSB. We are in the process of improving our internal controls in an effort to remediate this deficiency through improved supervision and training of our accounting staff.

This deficiency has been disclosed to our Audit Committee. Additional effort is needed to fully remedy this deficiency and we are continuing our efforts to improve and strengthen our control processes and procedures. Our management and Audit Committee will continue to work with our auditors and outside advisors to ensure that our controls and procedures are adequate and effective.

There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2004 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

Item 8B. Other Information

Reports on Form 8-K.

A report on Form 8-K was filed on December 29, 2004 pursuant to the creation of a direct financial obligation of the Company.

PART III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons: Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Information with respect to our executive officers and directors will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; said information is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company has adopted a code of ethics, which applies to all members of management.

18

Item 10. Executive Compensation

A description of the compensation of our executive officers will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; said information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders

A description of the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; said information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Alternative disclosure: description of certain relationships and related transactions with management will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; said information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Exhibits

Exhibits

-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No.            Item
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.1            Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of November 20, 2001, by and between the Company and
               e-Perception, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on January
               24, 2002).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2            Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 1, 2004, by and between Auxilio, Inc., PPVW Acquisition
               Corporation, and Alan Mayo & Associates, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on
               April 16, 2004).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.1            Certificate of Incorporation
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3.2            Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to the Registrant's Form 10-SB filed on October 1, 1999).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.1            Subscription Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2002, by and among the Company and each of the stockholders of
               e-Perception, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on January
               24, 2002).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.1           2000 Stock Option Plan
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.2           2001 Stock Option Plan
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.3           2003 Stock Option Plan
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.4           2004 Stock Option Plan
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.5           Standard Office Lease by and between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and e-Perception Technologies, Inc.
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-QSB filed on May 15, 2002).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.6           Asset Purchase Agreement between Workstream USA, Inc., Workstream, Inc. and PeopleView, Inc. dated March 8,.
               2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on April 2, 2004).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.7           Addendum dated as of May 27, 2004 to Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 17th, 2004 between Workstream Inc.
               Workstream USA, Inc. and PeopleView, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Form
               8-K/A filed on August 3, 2004).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.8           Revolving Loan and Security Agreement between Auxilio, Inc. and Michael D. Vanderhoof (filed as Exhibit 10.1
               to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2004).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.9           Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Etienne Weidemann, President and Chief Operating
               Officer dated April 1, 2004.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.10          Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Joseph J Flynn, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
               the Board of Directors dated April 1, 2004.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.11          Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and James Stapleton, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate
               Secretary dated April 1, 2004.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.12          Executive Employment Agreement between Registrant and Paul T. Anthony, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate
               Secretary dated December 10, 2004.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19

-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No.            Item
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.13          Standard Office Lease agreement by and between Auxilio, Inc and McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I,
               LLC. dated October 13, 2004.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14             Registrants Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Registrant's Form 10-KSB filed
               on April 14, 2004).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16             Letter regarding change in certifying accountants dated February 14, 2002 (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit 16 to the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on February 15, 2002).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
21.1           Subsidiaries
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31.1           Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and rule 15d-14(a).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
31.2           Certification  of the Chief Financial  Officer  pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and rule 15d-14(a).
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32.1           Certification of the CEO and CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of The
               Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
-------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

A description of the principal accounting fees and services will be contained in the Definitive Proxy Statement relating to our 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; said information is incorporated herein by reference.

20

Signatures

In accordance with section 13 or 15(d) with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 18th day of April 2005.

AUXILIO, Inc.

By:    /s/ Joseph Flynn
   --------------------------
Joseph Flynn
Chief Executive Officer
Principal Executive Officer

By:    /s/ Paul T. Anthony
   --------------------------
Paul T. Anthony
Chief Financial Officer
Principal Financial Officer

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     Signature                       Title                            Date
     ---------                       -----                            ----


/s/ Joseph Flynn              Chief Executive Officer             April 18, 2005
--------------------------    (Principal Executive Officer
Joseph Flynn                  and Director)

/s/ Paul T. Anthony           Chief Financial Officer             April 18, 2005
--------------------------    (Principal Financial and
Paul T. Anthony               Accounting Officer)


/s/ Michael Vanderhoof        Director                            April 18, 2005
--------------------------
Michael Vanderhoof


/s/ Ray Gerrity               Director                            April 18, 2005
--------------------------
Ray Gerrity


/s/ Robert Miller             Director                            April 18, 2005
--------------------------
Robert Miller


/s/ John D. Pace              Director                            April 18, 2005
--------------------------
John D. Pace


/s/ Robert L. Krakoff         Director                            April 18, 2005
--------------------------
Robert L. Krakoff

21

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003
WITH REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm......................F-1


Financial Statements:

    Consolidated Balance Sheet...............................................F-2

    Consolidated Statements of Operations....................................F-3

    Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income..........................F-4

    Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity..........................F-5

    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...............................F-6, F-7

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................F-8 to F-25


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Audit Committee and Board of Directors
Auxilio, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Mission Viejo, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Auxilio, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Auxilio, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/Stonefield Josephson, Inc.

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

Irvine, California
April 1, 2005

F-1

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2004

ASSETS

Current assets:
 Cash                                                        $    951,090
 Accounts receivable, net                                         241,198
 Prepaid and other current assets                                  76,258
 Supplies                                                         409,786
 Investment in marketable securities                              924,688
                                                             ------------
          Total current assets                                  2,603,020

Property and equipment, net                                       209,794
Deposits                                                           56,395
Intangible assets, net                                          1,166,908
Goodwill                                                        1,547,017
                                                             ------------
          Total assets                                       $  5,583,134
                                                             ============

                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable and accrued expenses                       $  1,204,905
 Accrued compensation and benefits                                655,518
 Deferred revenue                                                 298,523
 Lease buy-out provision                                           32,196
 Current portion of long-term debt                                 18,467
 Line of credit and note payable, related party                   175,368
                                                             ------------
          Total current liabilities                             2,384,977


Commitments and contingencies                                          --

Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock, par value at $0.001, 33,333,333 shares
   authorized, 14,438,662 shares issued and outstanding
                                                                   14,440
 Additional paid-in capital                                    11,836,242
 Accumulated deficit                                           (8,874,735)
 Accumulated comprehensive income                                 222,210
                                                             ------------
          Total stockholders' equity                            3,198,157
                                                             ------------
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity         $  5,583,134
                                                             ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-2

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                  Year Ended December 31,
                                                              ----------------------------
                                                                   2004           2003
                                                              ------------    ------------

Net Revenues                                                  $  7,281,809    $         --
Cost of revenues                                                 4,012,100              --
                                                              ------------    ------------
Gross profit                                                     3,269,709              --
Operating expenses:
 Sales and marketing                                             1,423,106              --
 General and administrative expenses                             1,285,576         139,369
 Intangible asset amortization                                     333,092              --
                                                              ------------    ------------
  Total operating expenses                                       3,041,774         139,369
                                                              ------------    ------------
Income (loss) from operations                                      227,935        (139,369)
                                                              ------------    ------------
Other income (expense):
 Interest expense                                                  (13,662)        (16,088)
 Interest income                                                     6,148           3,772
 Other Income                                                        3,250           2,325
 Repricing of private placement                                         --         (30,000)
 Loss on disposal of fixed assets                                       --          (3,518)
                                                              ------------    ------------
  Total other income (expense)                                      (4,264)        (43,509)
                                                              ------------    ------------

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes                    223,671        (182,878)
Income tax expense (benefit)                                      (282,160)            800
                                                              ------------    ------------
Net income (loss) from continuing operations                       505,831        (183,678)
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, (including gain
  on disposal of $674,942) net of tax expense of $14,000           487,895      (3,221,342)
                                                              ------------    ------------
Net income (loss)                                             $    993,726    $ (3,405,020)
                                                              ============    ============

Net income (loss) per share - basic:
  Income (loss) per share - continuing operations             $       0.04    $      (0.03)
  Income (loss) per share - discontinued operations           $       0.04    $      (0.49)
                                                              ------------    ------------
Net income (loss) per share - basic                           $       0.08    $      (0.52)
                                                              ============    ============
Net income (loss) per share - diluted:
  Income (loss) per share - continuing operations             $       0.03    $      (0.03)
  Income (loss) per share - discontinued operations           $       0.04    $      (0.49)
                                                              ------------    ------------
Net income (loss) per share - diluted                         $       0.07    $      (0.52)
                                                              ============    ============

Number of weighted average shares -
 Basic                                                          12,729,311       6,588,234
                                                              ============    ============
 Diluted                                                        14,517,617       6,588,234
                                                              ============    ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------
                                                2004           2003
                                             -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)                            $   993,726   $(3,405,020)


Unrecognized gain on marketable securities       222,210            --
                                             -----------   -----------

Comprehensive income (loss)                  $ 1,215,936   $(3,405,020)
                                             ===========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003

                                                                     Additional                                  Total
                                      Common Stock                    Paid-in    Accumulated   Comprehensive  Stockholders'
                                         Shares        Amount         Capital      Deficit        Income      Equity (Deficit)
                                      -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
Balance at January 1, 2003 as
  restated for effect of one for
  three reverse stock split on May
  15, 2004                              4,631,835   $    13,895    $ 7,301,591   $(6,463,441)   $        --   $   852,045
Shares issued in private
  placement, net of offering costs
  of $546,764                           3,673,931        11,022      2,497,389            --             --     2,508,411
Expenses related to repricing of
  stock sold in private placement          40,000           120         29,880            --             --        30,000
Fair value of warrants issued in
  relation to private placement                --            --          4,231            --             --         4,231
Net loss                                       --            --             --    (3,405,020)            --    (3,405,020)
                                      -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
Balance at December 31, 2003            8,345,766        25,037      9,833,091    (9,868,461)            --       (10,333)
Shares issued in private
  placement, net of offering costs
  of $0                                 1,733,833         1,733        518,417            --             --       520,150
Shares issued for acquisition                  --
                                                      4,000,070          4,000     1,196,022             --     1,200,022
Shares issued for payables                     --
                                                         40,000            120        29,880             --        30,000
Reclass of par value due to
  reverse stock split                          --       (16,769)        16,769            --             --            --
Fair value of warrants issued for
  services                                     --            --          3,137            --             --         3,137
Common stock issued upon exercise
  of warrants                             318,993           319        238,926            --             --       239,245
Unrecognized gain on marketable
  securities                                   --            --             --            --        222,210       222,210
Net income                                     --            --             --       993,726             --       993,726
                                      -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------    -----------   -----------

Balance at December 31, 2004           14,438,662   $    14,440    $11,836,242   $(8,874,735)   $   222,210   $ 3,198,157
                                      ===========   ===========    ===========   ===========    ===========   ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                                       --------------------------
                                                                           2004          2003
                                                                       -----------    -----------
Cash flows provided by (used for) operating activities:
         Net income (loss)                                             $   993,726    $(3,405,020)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
         (used for) operating activities:
         Depreciation                                                       47,264        141,843
         Amortization of intangible assets                                 333,092         13,736
         Bad debt expense                                                   12,755             --
         Deferred tax benefit                                             (300,000)            --
         Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment                      --        442,142
         Gain on sale of certain assets                                   (668,441)            --
         Interest expense                                                    3,137         11,313
         Expense related to repricing of stock in private placement             --         30,000
         Impairment of assets                                                   --        101,720
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         Accounts receivable                                              (201,852)       248,255
         Supplies                                                         (251,272)            --
         Prepaid and other current assets                                   20,346          9,968
         Deposits                                                          (29,040)            --
         Other assets                                                           --         13,637
         Accounts payable and accrued expenses                             581,671       (118,048)
         Lease buy-out provision                                            32,196             --
         Deferred revenue                                                   81,585        (52,690)
                                                                       -----------    -----------
                Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities       655,167     (2,563,144)
                                                                       -----------    -----------
Cash flows used for investing activities:
         Purchases of property and equipment                              (152,358)       (25,499)
         Payment for purchase of Mayo Group, net of cash acquired         (550,613)            --
         Proceeds from sale of certain assets                              250,000             --
         Proceeds from sale of property and equipment                           --            600
                                                                       -----------    -----------
                 Net cash used for investing activities                   (452,971)       (24,899)
                                                                       -----------    -----------
Cash flows provided by financing activities:
         Payments on notes payable and long-term debt                     (236,899)       (14,334)
         Proceeds from issuance of common stock                            520,150      2,508,411
         Proceeds from exercise of warrants                                239,245             --
                                                                       -----------    -----------
                 Net cash provided by financing activities                 522,496      2,494,077
                                                                       -----------    -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                       724,692        (93,966)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                               226,398        320,364
                                                                       -----------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                 $   951,090    $   226,398
                                                                       ===========    ===========

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED) INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

                                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                ----------------------
                                                                                    2004        2003
                                                                                ----------    --------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

      Interest paid                                                             $   12,415    $ 1,113
                                                                                ==========    =======
      Income tax paid                                                           $      800    $   800
                                                                                ==========    =======

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      Receivable issued for sale of equipment                                   $       --    $12,971
                                                                                ==========    =======

      Net assets acquired (liabilities assumed), net of bank overdraft,
          through acquisition of Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc.                 $ (181,254)   $    --
                                                                                ==========    =======

      Stock and note payable issued in conjunction with acquisition             $2,015,150    $    --
                                                                                ==========    =======

      Stock issued for payables                                                 $   30,000    $    --
                                                                                ==========    =======

      Warrants issued for services                                              $    3,137    $    --
                                                                                ==========    =======

      Deferred tax liability incurred related to intangibles from acquisition   $ (300,000)   $    --
                                                                                ==========    =======

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7

AUXILIO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Activity

The origins of the Company date back to January of 2002, when the Company's predecessor e-Perception Technologies, Inc. ("e-Perception"), a Human Resources software concern, completed a tender offer with Corporate Development Centers, Inc. ("CDC"). CDC's common stock traded on the OTC Bulletin Board. In connection with the tender offer, the stockholders of e-Perception received one (1) share of CDC for each four (4) shares of e-Perception common stock they owned prior to the tender offer. As a result, e-Perception became a wholly owned subsidiary of CDC. CDC subsequently changed its name to e-Perception, Inc. Approximately eighteen months later e-Perception changed its name to PeopleView, Inc. ("PeopleView") and traded under the symbol PPVW. Subsequent to that name change PeopleView, Inc. changed its name to Auxilio, Inc. ("Auxilio"). The stock now trades under the symbol AUXO.OB.

In March of 2004, PeopleView entered into an asset purchase and sale agreement with Workstream, Inc. (NASDQ:WSTM) ("Workstream") whereby the Company sold to Workstream essentially all of its assets, including its software products and related intellectual property, its accounts receivable, certain computer equipment, customer lists, and the PeopleView name, among other things. Pursuant to an addendum to the original agreement, the final consideration the Company received was cash equal to $250,000, 246,900 shares of Workstream common stock, and a warrant to purchase an additional 50,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. The business operations of PeopleView were discontinued as of March 2004.

On April, 1, 2004, PPVW Acquisition Company ("PPVW"), a wholly owned subsidiary of PeopleView, completed the acquisition of Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc. dba The Mayo Group (and referred to herein as "TMG"). TMG offered outsourced Image Management services to healthcare facilities throughout California, and this acquisition forms the basis for Auxilio's current operations. Subsequent to the acquisition of TMG, PeopleView changed its name to Auxilio, Inc. and changed PPVW's name to Auxilio Solutions, Inc.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. Although the Company has reported net income of $993,726 for the year ended December 31, 2004, it has reported a net loss of $3,405,020 for the year ended December 31, 2003, and has an accumulated deficit of $8,874,735 at December 31, 2004. The Company has working capital of $218,043 as of December 31, 2004.

Management has raised funds through the sale of its stock in a private placement that it believes will be sufficient to provide the Company with the ability to continue in existence. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments relative to the recoverability and classification of assets carrying amounts or the amount and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

As a result of the acquisition of TMG and disposal of the Company's previous product offering to Workstream, the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004, are not comparable, from a business activity viewpoint, to the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2003.

F-8

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized pursuant to applicable accounting standards including Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 101 (SAB 101), "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements", and SAB 104, Revenue Recognition. SAB 101 as amended and SAB 104 summarize certain points of the SEC staff's views in applying generally accepted accounting principles to revenue recognition in financial statements and provides guidance on revenue recognition issues in the absence of authoritative literature addressing a specific arrangement or a specific industry. The Company's revenue recognition policy complies with the requirements of SAB 101 and SAB 104. Revenues from equipment sales transactions are earned upon equipment being accepted by the customer. For equipment that is to be placed at the customers location at a future date revenue is deferred until that equipment is placed. Monthly service and supply revenue is earned monthly during the term of the contract, as services and supplies are provided monthly. Overages as defined in the contract are billed to customers monthly and are earned when the number of images in any period exceeds the number allowed for in the contract.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue is an estimate of revenue expected to be earned in the future under the equipment contracts for additional equipment (printers and faxes) to be placed at the customer's location that has been included in the original contract amount. This additional equipment is identified by the Company at the start of a contract.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash equivalents include all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less which are not securing any corporate obligations.

Accounts Receivable

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. The Company's estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of trade accounts receivable. It is reasonably possible that the Company's estimate of the allowance for doubtful accounts will change. Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts of $10,598 at December 31, 2004.

Investments In Marketable Securities

Investments in marketable securities consist of equity securities classified as "available for sale" under Statements of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 and reported at fair value and warrants being accounted for under APB 18. Accordingly, unrealized gains and losses on the equity securities are reflected in the statements of comprehensive income. The warrants are accounted for at cost.

Supplies

Supplies consist of parts and supplies for the automated office equipment, including copiers, facsimile machines and printers. Supplies are valued at the lower of cost or market value on a first-in, first-out basis.

F-9

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of the property and equipment is provided using the straight-line method over the assets' estimated economic lives, which range from 2 to 7 years. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred.

Intangible Assets

Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("SFAS") No. 142 (SFAS 142), "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets", goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are no longer amortized, but the remaining useful life will be reviewed each reporting period for impairment. In order to measure any impairment, the Company evaluates whether there were any events or circumstances that have occurred that may affect the carrying amount of the intangible. This testing includes the determination of the fair value of the reporting unit. If the value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company would estimate the undiscounted cash flows from continuing to use the asset and compare that amount to the assets carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the asset is greater than the expected future cash flows then an impairment loss would be recognized. The result of this testing indicated that a goodwill impairment charge was not necessary. Separately identified intangibles that are deemed to have definite lives will continue to be amortized over their useful life, with no maximum life.

Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS Nos. 142 and 144, long-lived assets to be held and used are analyzed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. SFAS No. 142 relates to assets with an indefinite life whereas SFAS 144 relates to assets that can be amortized and the life determinable. The Company evaluates at each balance sheet date whether events and circumstances have occurred that indicate possible impairment. If there are indications of impairment, the Company uses future undiscounted cash flows of the related asset or asset grouping over the remaining life in measuring whether the assets are recoverable. In the event such cash flows are not expected to be sufficient to recover the recorded asset values, the assets are written down to their estimated fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value of asset less the cost to sell.

Lease Buy-Out Provision

Lease buy-out provision consists of amounts expected to be paid to third party lessors on equipment currently located at new customer's locations. The Company will buy-out existing lease agreements at a customer's location if it is beneficial to the Company to do so. This liability represents an estimate of the amounts that are to be paid to end the current lease agreements that certain customers have.

Advertising

The Company expenses advertising costs when incurred. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, advertising expenses are included in discontinued operations. Advertising expense totaled $3,152 and $51,662, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

Research and Development

Pursuant to the Workstream transaction, the Company no longer incurs research and development expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2003 and the first quarter of 2004, research and development expenses consisted of personnel expenses and associated overhead and are included in discontinued operations. Research, development, and engineering costs were expensed in the year incurred. These costs were $46,249 for the first quarter of 2004 and $659,910 for the year ended December 31, 2003. Auxilio is not involved in research and development expenses as the Company has changed it business pursuant to the acquisition of TMG.

F-10

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial reporting requirements and those imposed under federal and state tax laws. Deferred taxes are provided for timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expenses for income tax and financial reporting purposes and are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Deferred income tax expense represents the change during the period in the deferred tax assets and liabilities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as current and non-current based on their characteristics. Realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes payable, deferred revenue, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, none of which is held for trading, approximates their estimated fair values due to the short-term maturities of those financial instruments.

Comprehensive Income

SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income," establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income and its components in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2004, the Company had unrecognized gains on marketable securities of $222,210. (See Note 3.)

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for employee stock options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Under APB 25, the Company does not recognize compensation expense related to options issued under the Company's employee stock options plans, unless the option is granted at a price below market price on the date of grant.

For non-employees stock based compensation, the Company recognizes an expense in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
123 (Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation) ("SFAS 123") and values the equity securities based on the fair value of the security on the date of grant. For stock-based awards, the value is based on the market value for the stock on the date of grant and if the stock has restrictions as to transferability, a discount is provided for lack of tradability. Stock option awards are valued using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

Since the Company elected to follow APB 25 for its employee stock options, no compensation expense is recognized in the accompanying financial statements. This is due to the exercise price of the Company's employee stock options equals the market price of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. If under SFAS 123 the Company determined compensation costs based on the fair value at the grant date for its stock options, net income (loss) and income (loss) per share would have been as follows:

F-11

                                                                  2004             2003
                                                               ------------  ------------
Net income (loss):
   As reported                                                 $   993,726   $ (3,405,020)
   Add: APB 25 Expense                                                  --             --
                                                               -----------   ------------
   Deduct:  Total stock based employee compensation
   expense determined under SFAS 123 fair value based method       953,802        414,335
                                                               -----------   ------------
   Pro forma                                                   $    39,924   $ (3,819,355)
                                                               ===========   ============

Basic income (loss) per share:
   As reported                                                 $      0.08   $      (0.52)
   Pro forma                                                   $      0.00   $      (0.58)

Diluted income (loss) per share:
   As reported                                                 $      0.07   $      (0.52)
   Pro forma                                                   $      0.00   $      (0.58)

The weighted average estimated fair value of stock options granted during 2004 and 2003 was $0.82 and $0.75 per share, respectively. These amounts were determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which values options based on the stock price at the grant date, the expected life of the option, the estimated volatility of the stock, the expected dividend payments, and the risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model were as follows for stock options granted in 2004 and 2003:

                                             2004              2003
                                      ------------------ ------------

Risk-free interest rate                 1.25% to 2.67%          1.25%
Expected volatility of common stock   210.13% to 253.54%      234.53%
Dividend yield                                0%                   0%

Expected life of options 1 year 1 year

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because option valuation models require the use of subjective assumptions, changes in these assumptions can materially affect the fair value of the options. The Company's options do not have the characteristics of traded options; therefore, the option valuation models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of its options.

In December 2004 the Board of Directors approved and issued a warrant agreement to purchase 330,000 shares of the Company's common stock to Paul Anthony, the Chief Financial Officer, at a price of $1.95 per share, which was the closing price the Company's Common Stock on the date of the agreement. The warrants granted are restricted from vesting for a minimum of one year, while certain shares only vest pursuant to certain earning targets being achieved, and accordingly, the intrinsic value measurement will be made when the earnings targets are met. The Company accounts for warrants granted to employees under APB 25. The warrants are earned after each year of service, therefore the first period an expense would be recognized is the quarter ended December 31, 2005. The fair market value was determined using the Black Scholes pricing model. The assumptions used to calculate the fair market value are as follows: risk-free interest rate of 1.25%; estimated volatility of 246.28%; dividend yield of 0.0%; and expected life of the warrants of four years.

Basic and Diluted Loss Per Share

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings Per Share," the basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per common share is computed similarly to basic earnings per common share, except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the potential common shares had been issued and if the additional common shares were anti-dilutive. At December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company had approximately 2,598,535 and 618,136, respectively, of common stock equivalents, of which 107,211 and 618,136 have not been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

F-12

Segment Reporting

Based on the Company's integration and management strategies, the Company operated in a single business segment. For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, all revenues have been derived from domestic operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2003, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") issued Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 104, "Revenue Recognition." SAB 104 supersedes SAB 101, "Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements." SAB 104's primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, superseded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21, "Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables." Additionally, SAB 104 rescinds the SEC's Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements Frequently Asked Questions and Answers ("the FAQ") issued with SAB 101 that had been codified in SEC Topic 13, Revenue Recognition. Selected portions of the FAQ have been incorporated into SAB 104. While the wording of SAB 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104, which was effective upon issuance. The adoption of SAB 104 did not impact the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2004, the FASB approved the consensus reached on the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 03-1, "The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments." The objective of this Issue is to provide guidance for identifying impaired investments. EITF 03-1 also provides new disclosure requirements for investments that are deemed to be temporarily impaired. In September 2004, the FASB issued a Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-1 that delays the effective date of the measurement and recognition guidance in EITF 03-1 until after further deliberations by the FASB. The disclosure requirements are effective only for annual periods ending after June 15, 2004. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of the disclosure requirements of EITF 03-1 and does not believe the impact will be significant to the Company's overall results of operations or financial position. Once the FASB reaches a final decision on the measurement and recognition provisions, the company will evaluate the impact of the adoption of EITF 03-1.

In November 2004, the SFAS issued SFAS No. 151, "Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4". The amendments made by Statement 151 clarify that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) should be recognized as current period charges and require the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The guidance is effective for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for inventory costs incurred during fiscal years beginning after November 23, 2004. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS 151, and does not believe the impact will be significant to the Company's overall results of operations or financial position.

In December 2004, the SFAS issued SFAS No.153, "Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets, an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29, Accounting for Nonmonetary Transactions." The amendments made by Statement 153 are based on the principle that exchanges of nonmonetary assets should be measured based on the fair value of the assets exchanged. Further, the amendments eliminate the narrow exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replace it with a broader exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. Previously, Opinion 29 required that the accounting for an exchange of a productive asset for a similar productive asset or an equivalent interest in the same or similar productive asset should be based on the recorded amount of the asset relinquished. Opinion 29 provided an exception to its basic measurement principle (fair value) for exchanges of similar productive assets. The Board believes that exception required that some nonmonetary exchanges, although commercially substantive, be recorded on a carryover basis. By focusing the exception on exchanges that lack commercial substance, the Board believes this Statement produces financial reporting that more faithfully represents the economics of the transactions. The Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date of issuance. The provisions of this Statement shall be applied prospectively. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS 152, and does not believe the impact will be significant to the Company's overall results of operations or financial position.

F-13

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No.123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment". Statement 123(R) will provide investors and other users of financial statements with more complete and neutral financial information by requiring that the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions be recognized in financial statements. That cost will be measured based on the fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. Statement 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans. Statement 123(R) replaces SFAS Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Statement 123, as originally issued in 1995, established as preferable a fair-value-based method of accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. However, that Statement permitted entities the option of continuing to apply the guidance in Opinion 25, as long as the footnotes to financial statements disclosed what net income would have been had the preferable fair-value-based method been used. Public entities (other than those filing as small business issuers) will be required to apply Statement 123(R) as of the first interim or annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005. The Company has evaluated the impact of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), and does not believe the impact will be significant to the Company's overall results of operations or financial position.

In March 2005, the FASB issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 ("SAB 107") which provides additional guidance to the new stock option expensing provisions under SFAS 123(R). SAB 107 acknowledges that fair value estimates cannot predict actual future events and as long as the estimates are made in good faith, they will not be subsequently questioned no matter what the actual outcome. Historical volatility should be measured on an unweighted basis over a period equal to or longer than the expected option term or contractual term, depending on the option-pricing model that is used. Implied volatility is based on the market prices of a company's traded options or other financial instruments with option-like features, and is derived by entering the market price of the traded option into a closed-form model and solving for the volatility input. SAB 107 provides additional guidance for companies when estimating an option's expected term. In general, companies are not allowed to consider additional term reduction and the option term cannot be shorter than the vesting period. Companies are permitted to use historical stock option exercise experience to estimate expected term if it represents the best estimate for future exercise patterns. SAB 107 provides that companies should enhance MD&A disclosures related to equity compensation subsequent to adoption of Statement 123(R). SAB 107 provided that companies should provide all disclosures required by Statement 123 (R) in the first 10-Q filed after adoption of the new rules.

In December 2004 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued two FASB Staff Positions--FSP FAS 109-1, Application of SFAS Statement 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, and FSP FAS 109-2 Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004. Neither of these affected the Company as it does not participate in the related activities.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

(2) Acquisition

On April 1, 2004, PPVW Acquisition Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, completed an acquisition of Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc., dba The Mayo Group ("TMG"). TMG provides outsourced document image management services to the healthcare industry. The purchase price was as follows: $255,000 cash and 1,700,030 shares of common stock (post split) upon closing; $45,000 placed in an indemnity escrow account; 300,005 shares of common stock (post split) placed in the indemnity escrow account, 2,000,035 shares of common stock (post split) to be put in an escrow account as contingency based on certain earn-out and a note payable in the amount of $315,000 due April 15, 2005 also subject to certain earnout provisions. The value of the common stock issued was determined based on the price of the Company's common stock in the March 2004 private placement of $0.30 per share (post split). This value is more indicative of the fair market value of the stock due to the stock being thinly traded and the shares being issued in the acquisition have trading restrictions that are similar to those on the shares sold in the private placement. All contingent amounts from the original agreement have subsequently been paid (both cash and stock). Therefore the amounts are included in the purchase price as is required under SFAS 141. In addition to the above amounts, the Company has included severance payments totaling $465,500. Other acquisition costs totaling $264,174 have also been included in the purchase price.

F-14

Based on a valuation performed as of the acquisition date, the purchase price has been allocated as follows:

Purchase Price:

    Cash:
        Originally paid                      $   255,000
        Contingent                                45,000
        Note payable                             315,000
    Stock at FMV:
        Originally paid                          510,009
        Contingent                               690,013
    Expenses related to acquisition:
Cash
        Legal and accounting                     264,174
        Severance                                465,500
                                             -----------
        Total fair value of purchase price   $ 2,544,696
                                             ===========

Assets Purchased:
    Accounts receivable                      $   158,178
    Supplies                                     158,514
    Prepaids                                      30,788
    Deposits                                      27,355
    Property and equipment                        52,793
    Intangible assets:
        Non-compete agreements                   300,000
        Customer relationships                   850,000
        Backlog                                  350,000
    Goodwill                                   1,547,017
                                             -----------
        Total assets purchased               $ 3,474,645
                                             ===========

Less Liabilities Assumed:
    Bank overdraft                           $   (21,067)
    Accounts payable                            (391,944)
    Deferred revenue                            (216,938)
    Deferred tax liabilities                    (300,000)
                                             -----------
        Total liabilities assumed            $  (929,949)
                                             ===========

The combination is being accounted for as a purchase as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations. The final allocation of the excess purchase price over net tangible assets was determined based on an independent appraisal of the assets purchased. The values assigned to intangible assets, aside from goodwill, are subject to amortization. The intangible assets were assigned the following lives for amortization purposes:

Intangible Assets                                    Life in Years
-----------------                                    -------------
Non-compete agreements                                    2.75
Customer relationships                                    5.00
Backlog                                                   5.00

F-15

Goodwill was not assigned a life and will be tested for impairment as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for Impairment of Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the consolidated operations of the Company as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. This information is provided for the illustrative purposes only, and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated at the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it necessarily indicative of any future operating results. The weighted average shares outstanding have been calculated to include the shares issued in the acquisition as if the acquisition took place at the beginning of the period presented.

                                                    2004           2003
                                               -------------   -----------
Revenues                                       $  7,891,691   $ 4,190,247
                                               ============   ===========

Net income (loss) from continuing operations   $    223,558   $  (214,409)
                                               ============   ===========

Income (loss) per share
       Basic                                   $       0.02   $     (0.02)
       Diluted                                 $       0.02   $     (0.02)

(3) Discontinued Operations

In March 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with Workstream, Inc. whereby the Company sold to Workstream the following: accounts receivable, certain computer equipment, customer list, existing customer contracts, the PeopleView name, and the technology and product offerings that had been recently revised and improved, including ClimateSight(TM), SkillSight(TM), PerformanceSight(TM), ComplianceSight(TM) and HCM TOOLS(TM), essentially the operations of e-Perception Technologies, Inc.

The original agreement called for the Company to receive cash consideration of $300,000, of which $50,000 was subject to certain "hold back" conditions. Additionally, the Company was to receive 350,000 shares of Workstream common stock, of which 50,000 shares were subject to certain "hold back" conditions, and a warrant to purchase an additional 50,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. Pursuant to an Addendum to the original Agreement, the final consideration the Company received was cash of $250,000, 246,900 shares of Workstream common stock, and a warrant to purchase an additional 50,000 shares at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

(4) Accounts Receivable

A summary as of December 31, 2004 is as follows:

           Trade                                                  $    251,796
           Allowance for doubtful accounts                             (10,598)
                                                                  ------------
                                                                  $    241,198

(5)      Property and Equipment

      A summary as of December 31, 2004 is as follows:

           Furniture and fixtures                                 $     43,605
           Computers and office equipment                              271,702
                                                                  ------------
                                                                       315,307
              Less accumulated depreciation and amortization           105,513
                                                                  ------------
                                                                  $    209,794
                                                                  ============

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, equipment, and improvements amounted to $47,264 and $141,843 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 respectively.

F-16

(6) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

SFAS No. 142 requires that amortization of goodwill and indefinite life intangibles be discontinued and replaced with periodic review and analysis of goodwill for possible impairment. Intangible assets with definite lives must be amortized over their estimated useful lives.

During 2004, as a result of the acquisition of TMG, intangible assets of $3,047,017 were created. A valuation was done to determine how much, if any, of the excess of purchase price over assets acquired and liabilities assumed could be allocated to identifiable intangible assets versus goodwill.

The following intangible assets with definite lives were identified and are being amortized:

Non-compete agreements                                   $   300,000
Customer relationships                                       850,000
Backlog                                                      350,000
                                                         -----------
                                                           1,500,000
        Less accumulated amortization                        333,092
                                                         -----------
                                                         $ 1,166,908
                                                         ===========

As of December 31, 2003, pursuant to the Company's focus on developing its new HCM Tools product offering, the Company determined that all software licenses associated to "PERL" programming language were of no economic value, therefore, the Company recorded an impairment expense as follows:

Intangible assets - software & licenses                  $  148,343
Software license not amortizable                            100,500
                                                         ----------
                                                            248,843
Less accumulated amortization                              (147,123)
                                                         ----------
Net impairment expense                                   $  101,720
                                                         ==========

Amortization expense for intangible assets amounted to $333,092 and $13,736 for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as follows:

December 31
    2005                                                 $  373,473
    2006                                                    364,297
    2007                                                    238,165
    2008                                                    190,973
    2009                                                 $       --

Accumulated amortization for the year ended December 31, 2004 is as follows:

Non-compete agreements                                   $    81,818
Customer relationships                                       170,000
Backlog                                                       81,274
                                                         ----------
    Total                                                $   333,092
                                                         ===========

F-17

The weighted average amortization periods for each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 is as follows:

                                              December 31,
                                             2004      2003
                                            ------    ------
Non-compete agreements                        2.0          -
Customer relationships                        4.0          -
Backlog                                       4.0          -
    Total weighted                            3.6          -

(7) Line of Credit and Notes Payable

As part of the acquisition of TMG, the Company entered into note payable agreements with the shareholders of TMG. Two of the notes do not bear interest and are due through 2005. The third agreement bears interest at 8% per annum. This note was paid in full in March 2005.

(8) Revolving Line of Credit

On December 28, 2004, Auxilio entered into a Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Mr. Michael D. Vanderhoof. Mr. Vanderhoof is a director of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company can borrow up to $500,000 (the "Revolving Loan"). Money will be advanced to Auxilio by Mr. Vanderhoof against the $500,000 limit upon six business days advance written notice by the Company. Interest will accrue daily upon any unpaid principal balance at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Accrued interest is payable in full monthly. All outstanding principal is due and payable in full on December 10, 2005. The Revolving Loan is secured by all of the Company's inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, cash, deposit accounts, securities, Intellectual Property, chattel paper, general intangibles and instruments, now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof. In consideration for the making of the Revolving Loan, Mr. Vanderhoof also received a warrant to purchase common shares of the Company in a number equal to 10% of the highest amount outstanding. For example, if the full amount of $500,000 is borrowed, the holder will have the right to purchase 50,000 shares of stock. The exercise price is equal to $2.00 per share. As of December 31, 2004 the Company had not borrowed under the Revolving Loan.

(9) Long-Term Debt

The Company has an unsecured note payable to a vendor payable in monthly installments of $2,104 including interest. The loan was due June 2004. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2004 was $18,467.

(10) Equity Transactions

On May 12, 2004, shareholders approved a proposal to amend the Company's Articles of Incorporation effecting a one-for-three (1:3) reverse split of the Company's common stock and to reduce the number of shares of authorized common stock from 100,000,000 shares to 33,333,333 shares. All references to common stock/shares are reflected post split.

In March 2004, the Company initiated a private placement of its common stock at a purchase price of $0.30 per share. As of May 15, 2004, the Company closed the offering, selling 1,733,833 shares, with net proceeds of $520,150.

In March 2003, the Company initiated a private placement of its common stock, which opened at $0.75 per share. The Company closed the offering on September 30, 2003, selling 3,660,597 shares, with net proceeds of $2,470,903. Total costs related to the placement were $546,764. Included in this amount is $272,219 of expense related to the fair market value of the warrants issued to the selling group. The fair market value of the warrants was determined using the Black Scholes pricing model. (See Note 11 for the fair value assumptions used.)

F-18

The Company completed a private placement of its common stock on January 15, 2003. The Company sold 342,721 shares of common stock in this offering at a purchase price of $3.00 per share. In March 2003, the Board of Directors of the Company voted to reprice the shares sold in the offering because of the Company's inability to meet the revenue projections described to investors in the offering. The Company repriced the common stock sold in the offering to $0.75 per share (the "Repricing"). The Company gave each purchaser the election to either rescind his investment, or accept four shares of common stock for each share purchased in the offering. Four investors elected to rescind their investment, totaling 22,667 shares, for $68,000. After the Repricing, and after the rescission, as of March 31, 2003, $920,163 had been collected in connection with such offering. Pursuant to the Repricing, an additional 920,163 shares were issued for a total of 1,226,884 shares sold in this offering.

In December 2004, 318,993 warrants were exercised for total proceeds of $239,245.

(11) Warrants

The warrant activities as December 31, 2004 and 2003 follow:

                                                         Weighted
                                                         Average
                                              Number     Exercise
                                            of Shares     Price
                                            ---------   ----------

Outstanding at January 1, 2003                144,888   $   1.65
    Granted in 2003                           366,060       0.75
                                            ---------   --------
Outstanding at December 31, 2003              510,948       1.29
    Granted in 2004                         1,045,000       0.82
    Exercised in 2004                         318,993       0.75
                                            ---------   --------
Outstanding at December 31, 2004            1,236,955   $   1.04
                                            =========   ========

Warrants exercisable at December 31, 2003     510,948   $   1.29
                                            =========   ========

Warrants exercisable at December 31, 2004     196,955   $   2.18
                                            =========   ========

The following tables summarize information about warrants outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2004:

                                     Weighted Average          Outstanding                            Exercisable
                       Number of       Remaining in         Warrants Weighted        Number of          Warrants
 Range of Exercise       Shares      Contractual Life       Average Exercise          Warrants      Weighted Average
       Prices         Outstanding        in Year                  Price             Exercisable      Exercise Price
------------------ --------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- --------------- -------------------
$0.30 to $0.75            762,066          9.22                   $ 0.33                  52,066        $ 0.71
$1.20 to $1.95            415,417          9.38                   $ 1.80                  85,417        $ 1.20
$3.00 to $12.00            59,472          7.96                   $ 4.87                  59,472        $ 4.87
------------------ --------------- ----------------------- ---------------------- --------------- -------------------
$0.30 to $12.00         1,236,955          9.21                   $ 1.04                 196,955        $ 2.18
================== =============== ======================= ====================== =============== ===================

On December 10, 2004 the Company issued a warrant agreement to Paul T. Anthony, Chief Financial Officer, to purchase 330,000 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $1.95 per share, which was equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of issuance. The warrants do not begin vesting for a minimum of one year, while certain shares only vest pursuant to certain earnings targets being achieved, and accordingly, the intrinsic value measurement will be made when the earnings targets are met.

During 2004 the Board of Directors approved and issued warrant agreements to purchase 715,000 shares of the Company's common stock to three officers at an exercise price of $0.30 per share, which is equal to the price the Company sold shares in a private placement. The warrants granted are restricted from vesting for a minimum of one year, while certain shares only vest pursuant to certain earning targets being achieved, and accordingly, the intrinsic value measurement will be made when the earnings targets are met. The Company accounts for warrants granted to employees under APB 25. If the Company accounted for the warrants under SFAS 123 expense totaling $204,668 would be recognized annually for three years. The warrants are earned after each year of service, therefore the first period an expense would be recognized is the quarter ended June 30, 2005. The fair market value was determined using the Black Scholes pricing model. The assumptions used to calculate the fair market value are as follows: risk-free interest rate of 1.21%; estimated volatility of 205.30%; dividend yield of 0.0%; and expected life of the warrants of four years.

F-19

The Company granted a warrant agreement to purchase 5,000 shares in April 2004 to a "finder" whom introduced the Company to Workstream. The fair market value of the warrants was calculated using the Black Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 1.21%; estimated volatility of 205.30%; dividend yield of 0.0%; and expected life of the options of one year. The expense recorded equaled $3,137.

During 2003, the Board of Directors approved and issued 366,060 warrants related to the Private Placement at an exercise price of $0.75 per share, with a fair market value of $272,219. The fair value of the warrants was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, with the following assumptions: (i) no expected dividends, (ii) a risk free interest rate of 1.45%, (iii) expected volatility of 288.36%, and (iv) an expected life of three years.

(12) Stock Option Plans:

Effective June 15, 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan under which all employees may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company's authorized but unissued common stock. The maximum number of shares of the Company's common stock available for issuance under the Plan was 183,333 shares. As of December 31, 2002, the maximum number of shares available for future grants under the Plan is 104,583. Under the Plan, the option exercise price was equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. Options expire no later than 10 years from the grant date and generally vest within five years. In 2001, the Company elected to fully vest all outstanding options.

In October 2001, the Company approved the 2001 Stock Option Plan under which all employees may be granted options to purchase shares of the Company's authorized but unissued common stock. The maximum number of shares of the Company's common stock available for issuance under the Plan was 450,000 shares. As of December 31, 2002, the remaining number of shares available for future grants under the Plan was 16,583 shares. Under the Plan, the option exercise price was equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. Options expire no later than 10 years from the grant date and generally vest within five years.

In May 2003, the shareholders approved the PeopleView, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "2003 Plan"). The 2003 Plan was the successor to the Company's existing 2000 Stock Option Plan and 2001 Stock Option Plan (together, the "Predecessor Plans"). The 2003 Plan became effective immediately upon stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting on May 15, 2003, and all outstanding options under the Predecessor Plans were incorporated into the 2003 Plan at that time. On May 15, 2003, 567,167 shares had been granted pursuant to the Predecessor Plans, with 66,166 shares available to grant. On May 15, 2003, shareholders approved 833,333 shares for the 2003 plan. Together with the Predecessor Plans, 899,500 shares were available to grant, and 567,167 had been granted. The Predecessor Plans terminated, and no further option grants will be made under the Predecessor Plans. However, all outstanding options under the Predecessor Plans continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the existing option agreements for those grants except to the extent the Board or Compensation Committee elects to extend one or more features of the 2003 Plan to those options. As of December 31, 2003, the remaining number of shares available for future grants under the 2003 Plan was 751,916 shares. Under the Plan, the option exercise price was equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. Options expire no later than 10 years from the grant date and generally vest within five years.

F-20

In May 2004, the shareholders approved the Auxilio, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan"). The 2004 Plan is the successor to the Company's existing 2000 Stock Option Plan, 2001 Stock Option Plan, and the 2003 Stock Option Plan (together, the "Predecessor Plans"). The 2004 Plan became effective immediately upon stockholder approval at the Annual Meeting on May 12, 2004, and all outstanding options under the Predecessor Plans were incorporated into the 2004 Plan at that time. On May 12, 2004, 714,750 shares had been granted pursuant to the Predecessor Plans, with 751,987 shares available to grant. On May 12, 2004, shareholders approved 2,000,000 shares for the 2004 plan. Together with the Predecessor Plans, 3,466,667 shares were available to grant, and 714,750 had been granted. The Predecessor Plans terminated, and no further option grants will be made under the Predecessor Plans. However, all outstanding options under the Predecessor Plans continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the existing option agreements for those grants except to the extent the Board or Compensation Committee elects to extend one or more features of the 2004 Plan to those options. As of December 31, 2004, the remaining number of shares available for future grants under the 2004 Plan was 2,105,087 shares. Under the Plan, the option exercise price is equal to the fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. Options expire no later than 10 years from the grant date and generally vest within five years.

Additional information with respect to these Plans' stock option activity is as follows:

                                           Number      Weighed Average
                                          of Shares    Exercise Price
                                         -----------    -----------
Outstanding at January 1, 2003               512,166     $    3.09
    Granted                                  557,167          0.75
    Cancelled                               (354,583)         1.91
                                         -----------     ---------
Outstanding at December 31, 2003             714,750          1.23
    Granted                                  971,663          0.99
    Cancelled                               (324,833)         1.38
                                         -----------     ---------

Outstanding at December 31, 2004           1,361,580     $    1.07
                                         ===========     =========

Options exercisable at December 31, 2003     188,688     $    3.81
                                         ===========     =========

Options exercisable at December 31, 2004     152,739     $    1.29
                                         ===========     =========

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2004:

                                  Weighted Average                                              Exercisable
                     Number of      Remaining in          Outstanding         Number of          Options
 Range of Exercise     Shares     Contractual Life     Options Weighted        Options       Weighted Average
       Prices       Outstanding       in Year       Average Exercise Price   Exercisable      Exercise Price
------------------ ------------ ------------------ ----------------------- --------------- -------------------
$0.75 to $0.90         973,830        9.61                   $ 0.84              109,906        $ 0.75
$1.02 to $1.84         340,000        9.82                   $ 1.53               18,750        $ 1.20
$3.00 to $6.75          47,750        7.97                   $ 4.43               24,083        $ 3.82
------------------ ------------ ------------------ ----------------------- --------------- -------------------
$0.75 to $6.75       1,361,580        9.56                   $ 1.10              152,739        $ 1.29
================== ============ ================== ======================= =============== ===================

(13) Income Taxes

For the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, the components of income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations are as follows:

                                       2004        2003
                                   ---------    ---------

Current provision:
    Federal                        $  13,100    $      --
    State                              5,240          800
                                   ---------    ---------
                                      18,340          800
                                   ---------    ---------
Deferred benefit:
    Federal                         (234,395)          --
    State                            (66,105)          --
                                   ---------    ---------
                                    (300,500)          --
                                   ---------    ---------
    Income tax expense (benefit)   $(282,160)   $     800
                                   =========    =========

F-21

Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which is uncertain. Accordingly, a valuation allowance, in an amount equal to the net deferred tax asset as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 has been established to reflect these uncertainties. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003 the deferred tax asset before valuation allowances is approximately $2,446,600 and $2,994,100, respectively, for federal income tax purposes, and $162,500 and $447,000, respectively for state income tax purposes.

Total income tax benefit in 2004, including taxes associated with discontinued operations, was $268,160 with $14,000 being allocated to discontinued operations and a tax benefit of $282,160 allocated to the income from continuing operations in 2004.

Income tax provision amounted to a benefit of $268,160 and an expense of $800 for the years ending December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectfully (an effective rate of (120%) for 2004 and 0% for 2003). A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes with amounts determined by applying the statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to income before income taxes is as follows:

                                                     2004       2003
                                                 ---------  ------------
Computed tax at federal statutory rate of 34%  $  246,700   $ (1,173,300)
State taxes, net of federal benefit               (38,500)           500
Non deductible items                                8,300          3,500
Cost of repricing                                      --          3,500
Other                                              61,600         54,800
Change in valuation allowance                    (547,500)     1,111,800
                                                 ---------  ------------
                                               $ (269,400)  $        800
                                               ===========  ============

This deferred tax benefit arises principally from the revision of the purchase accounting for the acquisition of The Mayo Group related to the allocation of $1,500,000 of the purchase price to intangible assets other than goodwill. In applying the guidance of SFAS 109, the Company established a deferred tax liability of approximately $300,000, related to the revision of the purchase accounting price allocation. The Company anticipates that it will elect consolidated filing for tax purposes, thus allowing for the realization of approximately $300,000 of deferred tax benefit.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                                                    2004           2003
                                                 -----------    -----------
Deferred tax assets:
    Allowance for doubtful accounts              $     4,500    $    10,700
    Accrued salaries/vacation                         71,700          8,800
    Accrued equipment pool                           141,700             --
    State taxes                                        2,600            300
    Net operating loss carryforwards               2,634,100      3,421,300
                                                 -----------    -----------
        Total deferred tax assets                  2,854,600      3,441,100
                                                 -----------    -----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
    Depreciation                                      12,100             --
    Amortization of intangibles                      233,400             --
                                                 -----------    -----------
        Total deferred tax liabilities               245,500             --
                                                 -----------    -----------

Net deferred assets before valuation allowance     2,609,100      3,441,100
    Valuation allowance                           (2,609,100)    (3,441,100)
                                                 -----------    -----------
Net deferred tax assets                          $        --    $        --
                                                 ===========    ===========

F-22

At December 31, 2004, the Company has available unused net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7,230,000 for federal and $2,008,000 for state that may be applied against future taxable income and that, if unused, expire beginning in 2015 through 2024.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before utilization.

(14) Retirement Plan

The Company sponsors a 401(k) plan (the "Plan") for the benefits of employees who are at least 21 years of age. The Company's management determines, at its discretion, the annual and matching contribution. The Company elected not to contribute to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003.

(15) Commitments

Leases

On January 28, 2004, and on October 31, 2003, the Company executed early termination agreements for the two lease agreements related to office space previously occupied in Temecula, California. The Company provided the deposit to the landlord as its payment for early termination.

The Company leases its Mission Viejo facility under a noncancellable operating lease. The lease expires in January 2010. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003 totaled $154,004 and $226,957, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases during subsequent years are as follows:

December 31                                Payments
-----------                              -------------
    2005                                 $     275,207
    2006                                       199,157
    2007                                       158,837
    2008                                       158,837
    2009                                       185,308
                                         -------------
    Total                                $     977,346
                                         =============

Employment Agreements

On December 10, 2004, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Paul T. Anthony, to serve as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary, effective January 3, 2005. Mr. Anthony's agreement has a term of two years, and provides for a base annual salary of $155,000. Mr. Anthony received warrants and may receive an annual bonus if certain earnings and revenue targets are accomplished.

On September 14, 2004, the Company presented to the two other original founders (owners) of The Mayo Group, Mr. Nickell and Mr. Davis, an Amendment to Employment Agreement and Modification of Merger Agreement, whereby the Contingent Securities representing 461,009 shares, and Contingent Cash Consideration of $82,979 due and payable to both would be released and paid.

In July 2004, the Company entered into a Severance Agreement and Mutual Release of All Claims with Alan Mayo, one of the three original founders of The Mayo Group. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company arranged for a private sale of all the common stock Mr. Mayo received in the April 1, 2004 transaction with the Company including the contingent shares released to him as part of this agreement. The Company agreed to pay salary, bonus, and contingent consideration amounts pursuant to an employment agreement, in increments. Such amounts have been accounted for in the financial statements. The Company has made an accrual of $465,000 for the compensation due to Mr. Mayo pursuant to the employment agreement and has included this amount as part of the cost of the acquisition. Included in the acquisition was total cash contingency of $45,000 and a note payable in the amount of $315,000 that was also being held in contingency. Of these contingency amounts, Mr. Mayo was owed $277,020 or 76.95%, which was equivalent to his ownership percentage of The Mayo Group. As consideration for Mr. Mayo entering into the Severance Agreement and Mutual Release of All Claims, the Company and Mr. Mayo agreed that all contingent payments (cash, stock and note) due and payable to Mr. Mayo would be released to Mr. Mayo. In doing so, the Company agreed to pay Mr. Mayo $138,510 at execution of the agreement, and pay the balance of $138,510 on April 1, 2005. The Company pledged a portion of the Workstream shares it owns as collateral security for the performance of the note.

F-23

In May 2004, the Company entered into employment agreements with key management. The agreements called for the issuing of warrants to the individuals pursuant to certain earnings and revenue targets being accomplished. The Company entered into an employment agreement with Joseph Flynn to serve as its Chief Executive Officer, effective April 1, 2004. Mr. Flynn's agreement has a term of two years and provides for a base annual salary of $165,000. Mr. Flynn may receive an annual bonus if certain earnings and revenue targets are accomplished. Effective April 1, 2004, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Etienne Weidemann, to serve as President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Weidemann's agreement has a term of two years, and provides for a base annual salary of $160,000. Mr. Weidemann may receive an annual bonus if certain earnings and revenue targets are accomplished. Effective April 1, 2004, the Company entered into an employment agreement with James P. Stapleton, to serve as Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Stapleton's agreement has a term of two years, and provides for a base annual salary of $145,000. Mr. Stapleton may receive an annual bonus if certain earnings and revenue targets are accomplished. Mr. Stapleton resigned his position in December 2004.

On December 16, 2002, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Joseph Flynn to serve as its Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2003. Mr. Flynn's agreement had a term of one year and provided for a base annual salary of $120,000. On April 1, 2003, the base annual salary was increased to $160,000. After the 90th day of employment, Mr. Flynn received a payroll wage bonus, which allowed him to purchase $15,000 shares of restricted common stock sold in the 2003 private placement. Compensation expense equal to the market value on the 90th day was recorded. Mr. Flynn may receive annual bonuses, at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

(16) Major Customers

For the year ended December 31, 2004, one customer represented a total of 65% of revenues. No amounts were due from this customer as of December 31, 2004.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, three customers represented a total of 50% of revenues. Total accounts receivable balance due from these three customers amounted to approximately $57,000 as of December 31, 2003.

(17) Related Party Transactions

On December 28, 2004, Auxilio entered into a Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with Mr. Michael D. Vanderhoof. Mr. Vanderhoof is a director of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company can borrow up to $500,000. As of December 31, 2004 the Company had no borrowings under this agreement. The Company accounted for the warrants granted under APB 25.

In June of 2004 the Company entered in to a consulting agreement with John D. Pace, a director, to provide support in the Company's sales efforts with major healthcare facilities as well as consulting services related to the Company's operations. The agreement terminates June 1, 2005. Mr. Pace receives $1,000 per day for his services not to exceed three days per month and $1,500 per day for each additional day worked during a given month. In addition, Mr. Pace receives commission at a rate of 5% of the gross profit for any business closed through introductions made by Mr. Pace. The commission will be paid 25% in the form of Auxilio's common stock (priced at prevailing market values) and 75% in cash.

F-24

(18) Subsequent Events

In February 2005, the Company commenced a private placement of up to 2,500,000 shares of its common stock at a price of $2.00 per share. Each share will be restricted from re-sale for a period of one year. As of March 30, 2005, the Company had sold 983,000 shares, receiving net proceeds of $1,808,720.

In February 2005, a board member exercised warrants for 3,000 shares at an exercise price of $0.75.

In March 2005, the Company sold 196,900 Workstream shares it owned, receiving proceeds of $896,044, recognizing a gain of $403,795. As of April 1, 2005, the Company owns 50,000 Workstream shares.

F-25














e-PERCEPTION, INC.
2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1.    Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan .
 
1.1    Establishment . This e-Perception, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ) was established effective as of June 15, 2000 and hereby amended as of March 26, 2002.
 
1.2    Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.
 
1.3    Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.
 
2.    Definitions and Construction .
 
2.1    Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:
 
(a)    Board means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, Board also means such Committee(s).
 
(b)    Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.
 
(c)    Committee means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.
 
(d)    Company means e-Perception, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.
 
(e)    Consultant means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.
 
1

(f)    Director means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.
 
(g)    Disability means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.
 
(h)    Employee means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.
 
(i)    Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
 
(j)    Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:
 
(i)    If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or is actively traded on any other market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion. If the Stock is listed on a market system but is not actively traded in such amounts and as frequently as the Board deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock, then Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, the value of a share of Stock.
 
(ii)    If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.
 
(k)    Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.
 
2

(l)    Insider means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
 
(m)    Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
 
(n)    Option means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
 
(o)    Option Agreement means a written agreement, including any related form of stock option grant agreement, between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.
 
(p)    Optionee means a person who has been granted one or more Options.
 
(q)    Parent Corporation means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
(r)    Participating Company means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.
 
(s)    Participating Company Group means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.
 
(t)    Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.
 
(u)    Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(v)    Service means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.
 
3

(w)    Stock means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.
 
(x)    Subsidiary Corporation means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
(y)    Ten Percent Owner Optionee means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.
 
2.2    Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.
 
3.    Administration .
 
3.1    Administration by the Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.
 
3.2    Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.
 
3.3    Administration with Respect to Insiders . With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.
 
3.4    Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:
 
(a)    to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;
 
(b)    to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;
 
4

(c)    to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;
 
(d)    to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;
 
(e)    to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;
 
(f)    to amend, modify, extend, cancel, renew, reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;
 
(g)    to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;
 
(h)    to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and
 
(i)    to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.
 
4.    Shares Subject to Plan .
 
4.1    Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be five million four hundred thousand (5,400,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ( Section 260.140.45 ), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.
 
5

4.2    Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
 
5.    Eligibility and Option Limitations .
 
5.1    Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, Employees,   Consultants and Directors shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationships with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.
 
5.2    Option Grant Restrictions . Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.
 
5.3    Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.
 
6

6.    Terms and Conditions of Options .
 
Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1    Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.
 
6.2    Exercise Period . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, and with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee’s continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten (10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.
 
7

6.3    Payment of Exercise Price .
 
(a)    Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a Cashless Exercise ), (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.
 
(b)    Limitations on Forms of Consideration.
 
(i)    Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.
 
(ii)    Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.
 
6.4    Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.
 
8

6.5    Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.
 
6.6    Effect of Termination of Service.
 
(a)    Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service as follows:
 
(i)    Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the Option Expiration Date ).
 
(ii)    Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service.
 
(iii)    Termination After Change in Control. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group ceases as a result of “Termination After Change in Control” (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of a Change in Control as a “pooling-of-interests” for accounting purposes and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such Change in Control would be treated as a “pooling-of-interests” for accounting purposes, then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be void ab initio, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.
 
9

(iv)    Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
 
(b)    Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.
 
(c)    Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b ). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.
 
7.    Standard Forms of Option Agreement .
 
7.1    General . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard form of Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.
 
7.2    Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.
 
10

8.    Change in Control .
 
8.1    Definitions .
 
(a)    An Ownership Change Event shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
(b)    A Change in Control shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee Corporation(s) ), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
 
8.2    Effect of Change in Control on Options . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.
 
11

9.    Provision of Information .
 
Unless not required by applicable law, at least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10.    Nontransferability of Options .
 
During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

11.    Compliance with Securities Law .
 
The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12

12.    Indemnification .
 
In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

13.    Termination or Amendment of Plan .
 
The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

14.    Shareholder Approval .
 
The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the Authorized Shares ) shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the e-Perception, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan, as duly adopted by the Board on June 15, 2000, and as amended by the Board on March 26, 2002.

____________________________
Patricia Harris, Secretary

 
14



PLAN HISTORY


June 15, 2000     Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,200,000 shares.

June 15, 2000         Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,200,000 shares.

March 26, 2002            Board approves an amendment to the Plan.

e-PERCEPTION, INC.

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

1.1 Establishment. This e-Perception, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") was established effective as of October 11, 2001, and hereby amended as of March ___, 2002.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.

2. Definitions and Construction.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, "Board" also means such Committee(s).

(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) "Company" means e-Perception, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.

1

(f) "Director" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) "Disability" means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) "Employee" means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or is actively traded on any other market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion. If the Stock is listed on a market system but is not actively traded in such amounts and as frequently as the Board deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock, then Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, the value of a share of Stock.

(ii) If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2

(l) "Insider" means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "Option" means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement, including any related form of stock option grant agreement, between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.

(p) "Optionee" means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) "Parent Corporation" means any present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) "Participating Company" means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) "Participating Company Group" means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) "Service" means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

3

(w) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(x) "Subsidiary Corporation" means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) "Ten Percent Owner Optionee" means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Administration.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.4 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

4

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel, renew, reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.

4. Shares Subject to Plan.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be five million four hundred thousand (5,400,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ("Section 260.140.45"), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

5

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this
Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. Eligibility and Option Limitations.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, "Employees," "Consultants" and "Directors" shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationships with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with
Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this
Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6

6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercise Period. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option,
(c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, and with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten
(10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.

7

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "Cashless Exercise"), (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

8

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee's termination of Service as follows:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the "Option Expiration Date").

(ii) Death. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(iii) Termination After Change in Control. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group ceases as a result of "Termination After Change in Control" (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of a Change in Control as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such Change in Control would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes, then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be void ab initio, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

9

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7. Standard Forms of Option Agreement.

7.1 General. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard form of Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10

8. Change in Control.

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the "Transferee Corporation(s)"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

11

9. Provision of Information.

Unless not required by applicable law, at least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. Nontransferability of Options.

During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

11. Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12

12. Indemnification.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

13. Termination or Amendment of Plan.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be
(a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2),
(b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

14. Shareholder Approval.

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the "Authorized Shares") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the e-Perception, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as duly adopted by the Board on October 11, 2001, and as amended by the Board on March ____, 2002.


Patricia Harris, Secretary


PLAN HISTORY

October 11,2001   Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of
                  5,400,000 shares.

_________, 2001   Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of
                  5,400,000 shares.

March ____, 2002  Board approves an amendment to the Plan.


PeopleView, Inc.
2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

1.1 Establishment. This PeopleView, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") was established effective as of May 15, 2003.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.

2. Definitions and Construction.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, "Board" also means such Committee(s).

(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) "Company" means PeopleView, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.

(f) "Director" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

1

(g) "Disability" means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) "Employee" means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or is actively traded on any other market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion. If the Stock is listed on a market system but is not actively traded in such amounts and as frequently as the Board deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock, then Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, the value of a share of Stock.

(ii) If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) "Insider" means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2

(m) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "Option" means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement, including any related form of stock option grant agreement, between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.

(p) "Optionee" means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) "Parent Corporation" means any present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) "Participating Company" means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) "Participating Company Group" means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) "Service" means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

3

(w) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(x) "Subsidiary Corporation" means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) "Ten Percent Owner Optionee" means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Administration.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.4 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

4

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel, renew, reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.

4. Shares Subject to Plan.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be four million four hundred thousand (4,400,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ("Section 260.140.45"), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

5

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this
Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. Eligibility and Option Limitations.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, "Employees," "Consultants" and "Directors" shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationships with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with
Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this
Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6

6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercise Period. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option,
(c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, and with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten
(10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.

7

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "Cashless Exercise"), (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

8

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee's termination of Service as follows:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the "Option Expiration Date").

(ii) Death. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(iii) Termination After Change in Control. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group ceases as a result of "Termination After Change in Control" (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of a Change in Control as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such Change in Control would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes, then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be void ab initio, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

9

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7. Standard Forms of Option Agreement.

7.1 General. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard form of Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10

8. Change in Control.

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the "Transferee Corporation(s)"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

11

9. Provision of Information.

Unless not required by applicable law, at least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. Nontransferability of Options.

During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

11. Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12

12. Indemnification.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

13. Termination or Amendment of Plan.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be
(a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2),
(b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

14. Shareholder Approval.

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the "Authorized Shares") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the PeopleView, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as duly adopted by the Board on March 31, 2003, and approved by shareholders on May 15, 2003.


James P. Stapleton, Secretary


PLAN HISTORY

March 31, 2003    Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,698,500
                  shares.

May 15, 2003      Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of
                  2,698,500 shares.

As of March 31, 2003, options for 1,701,500 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Predecessor Plans.

2000 plan had 2,200,000 issuable. After the reverse split (4 for 1), this became 550,000.

2001 plan had 5,400,000 issuable. After the reverse split (4 for 1), this became 1,350,000.

Total of both above plans was 1,900,000.

2003 plan was for an additional 2,500,000 shares.

For the 2003 annual meeting, 1,701,500 options had been granted and where outstanding, leaving 198,500 available to grant.

After the shareholders approved the 2003 plan of 2,500,000, we had the following:

1,701,500 granted and outstanding
198,500 available pursuant to previous plans 2,500,000 additional available.

Total 4,400,000.


Auxilio, Inc.
2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN

1. Establishment, Purpose and Term of Plan.

1.1 Establishment. This Auxilio, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") was established effective as of March 26, 2004.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.

2. Definitions and Construction.

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, "Board" also means such Committee(s).

(b) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) "Committee" means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) "Company" means Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) "Consultant" means any person, including an advisor, engaged by a Participating Company to render services other than as an Employee or a Director.

(f) "Director" means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

1

(g) "Disability" means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee's position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) "Employee" means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan.

(i) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or is actively traded on any other market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion. If the Stock is listed on a market system but is not actively traded in such amounts and as frequently as the Board deems necessary, in its sole discretion, to determine the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock, then Board shall determine, in its sole discretion, the value of a share of Stock.

(ii) If, on such date, there is no public market for the Stock, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) "Insider" means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2

(m) "Nonstatutory Stock Option" means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "Option" means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) "Option Agreement" means a written agreement, including any related form of stock option grant agreement, between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof.

(p) "Optionee" means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) "Parent Corporation" means any present or future "parent corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) "Participating Company" means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) "Participating Company Group" means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) "Service" means an Optionee's employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. The Optionee's Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee's Service. Furthermore, an Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee's right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee's Option Agreement. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee's Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

3

(w) "Stock" means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(x) "Subsidiary Corporation" means any present or future "subsidiary corporation" of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) "Ten Percent Owner Optionee" means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term "or" is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

3. Administration.

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Administration with Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.4 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

4

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel, renew, reprice or otherwise adjust the exercise price of, or grant a new Option in substitution for, any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee's termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent consistent with the Plan and applicable law.

4. Shares Subject to Plan.

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be four million four hundred thousand (6,400,000) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee's exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations ("Section 260.140.45"), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

5

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the "New Shares"), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this
Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

5. Eligibility and Option Limitations.

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, "Employees," "Consultants" and "Directors" shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationships with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with
Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this
Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

6

6. Terms and Conditions of Options.

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercise Period. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria, and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option,
(c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company, and (d) unless otherwise permitted by applicable law, and with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee's continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall have a term of ten
(10) years from the effective date of grant of the Option.

7

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by the assignment of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a "Cashless Exercise"), (iv) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (v) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by adoption of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company's stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company's sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group's tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

8

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee's termination of Service as follows:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option's term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the "Option Expiration Date").

(ii) Death. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee's legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee's death at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee's Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee's termination of Service.

(iii) Termination After Change in Control. The Board may, in its discretion, provide in any Option Agreement that if the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group ceases as a result of "Termination After Change in Control" (as defined in such Option Agreement), then (1) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (2) the exercisability and vesting of the Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof shall be accelerated effective as of the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated to such extent, if any, as shall have been determined by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the provisions or operation of this Section 6.6(a)(iii) would preclude treatment of a Change in Control as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes and provided further that in the absence of the preceding sentence such Change in Control would be treated as a "pooling-of-interests" for accounting purposes, then this Section 6.6(a)(iii) shall be void ab initio, and the vesting and exercisability of the Option shall be determined under any other applicable provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

9

(iv) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee's Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee within ninety (90) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee's Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 11 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee's termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7. Standard Forms of Option Agreement.

7.1 General. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the standard form of Option Agreement adopted by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any of the standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

10

8. Change in Control.

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An "Ownership Change Event" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A "Change in Control" shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a "Transaction") wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company's voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the "Transferee Corporation(s)"), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the "Acquiring Corporation"), may either assume the Company's rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation's stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume or substitute for outstanding Options in connection with a Change in Control, any unexercisable or unvested portions of outstanding Options and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof held by Optionees whose Service has not terminated prior to such date shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. The exercise or vesting of any Option and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the outstanding Options immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event described in Section 8.1(a)(i) constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the outstanding Options shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

11

9. Provision of Information.

Unless not required by applicable law, at least annually, copies of the Company's balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. Nontransferability of Options.

During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

11. Compliance with Securities Law.

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company's legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

12

12. Indemnification.

In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys' fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

13. Termination or Amendment of Plan.

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company's shareholders, there shall be
(a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2),
(b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company's shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option or any unexercised portion thereof, without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

14. Shareholder Approval.

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the "Authorized Shares") shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

13

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Secretary of the Company certifies that the Auxilio, Inc. 2004 Stock Option Plan, as duly adopted by the Board on March 26, 2004, and approval by shareholders on May 12, 2004.


James P. Stapleton, Secretary

14

PLAN HISTORY

March 31, 2003    Board adopts Plan, with an initial reserve of 2,698,500
                  shares.

May 15, 2003      Stockholders approve Plan, with an initial reserve of
                  2,698,500 shares.

As of March 31, 2003, options for 1,701,500 shares of Common Stock were outstanding under the Predecessor Plans.

2000 plan had 2,200,000 issuable. After the reverse split (4 for 1), this became 550,000.

2001 plan had 5,400,000 issuable. After the reverse split (4 for 1), this became 1,350,000.

Total of both above plans was 1,900,000.

2003 plan was for an additional 2,500,000 shares.

For the 2003 annual meeting, 1,701,500 options had been granted and where outstanding, leaving 198,500 available to grant.

After the shareholders approved the 2003 plan of 2,500,000, we had the following:

1,701,500 granted and outstanding
198,500 available pursuant to previous plans 2,500,000 additional available.

Total 4,400,000.
2004 Reverse split reduced this to 1,466,666.

2004 Plan, requesting shareholder approval for 2,000,000 additional shares.

Total 3,466,666.


EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is made effective as of the closing of the acquisition of April 1, 2004 ("Effective Date"), by and between PeopleView, Inc. ("Parent Company") and Etienne Weidemann ("Executive").

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Parent Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties.

2.1 Position. Executive is employed as Parent Company's President and Chief Operating officer shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Parent Company's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. Parent Company reserves the right to modify Executive's position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. Further, Executive is employed as Executive Vice President of The Mayo Group, Inc. a subsidiary of the Parent Company and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the subsidiary Company's Chief Operating Officer.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executive's best efforts on behalf of Parent Company and its subsidiaries, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by Parent Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of Parent Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive's full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive's assigned duties for Parent Company, unless Executive notifies the CEO in advance of Executive's intent to engage in other paid work and receives the CEOs' express written consent to do so.

3. Term.

3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date set forth above and continuing for a period of 2 (two) years following such date ("Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated in accordance with paragraph 7 below.

3.2 Renewal. On completion of the Initial Term specified in subparagraph 3.1 above, this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent 12 months terms unless either party provides advance written notice to the other that Parent Company/Executive does not wish to renew the Agreement for a subsequent 12 months. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subparagraph 3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the current term.


4. Compensation.

4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executive's performance of Executive's duties hereunder, Parent Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary of $155,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Parent Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event Executive's employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit A.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to executives of Parent Company subject to the terms and conditions of Parent Company's benefit plan documents. Parent Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's duties on behalf of Parent Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Parent Company's policies.

7. Termination of Executive's Employment.

7.1 Termination for Cause by Parent Company. Although Parent Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, Parent Company may terminate Executive's employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive's obligations or otherwise relating to the business of Parent Company; (b) Executive's material breach of this Agreement;
(c) Executive's conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (d) Executive's failure to perform the essential functions of Executive's position, with or without reasonable accommodation due to a mental or physical disability, due to a mental or physical disability; and (e) Executive's death. In the event Executive's employment is terminated in accordance with this subparagraph 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

7.2 All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 below.

7.3 Termination Without Cause by Parent Company/Severance. Parent Company may terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and a "Severance Payment" equivalent to (a.) payment of compensation for an additional 12 months, payable in accordance with Parent Company's regular payroll cycle or lump sum, and (b.) an additional provision of accelerating all unvested stock options and warrants provided that Executive. : (a) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subparagraph 13.8 below; (b) executes a full general release, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Parent Company arising out of or any way related to Executive's employment or termination of employment with Parent Company.


7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Parent Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination., and the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3. above, provided Executive complies with all of the conditions in subparagraph 7.3. above. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason in the following circumstances: (a) Parent Company's material breach of this Agreement; (b) Executive's Base Salary is reduced by more than 25% below Executive's salary in effect at any time during the preceding twelve months, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries;
(c) Executive's position and/or duties are modified so that Executive's duties are no longer consistent with the position of a senior executive or Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors; and (d) Parent Company relocates Executive's principal place of work to a location more than sixty (60) miles from the location specified in subparagraph 2.3, without Executive's prior written approval.

7.5 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Parent Company without Good Reason, at any time after the Initial Term, on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Base Salary for the thirty-day notice period if any. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3. above.

7.6 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not to renew this Agreement for a subsequent 12 months in accordance with subparagraph 3.2 above, the Agreement will expire, Executive's employment with Parent Company will terminate and Executive will only be entitled to Executive's Base Salary paid through the last day of the current term. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 above.


8. No Conflict of Interest. During the term of Executive's employment with Parent Company and during any period Executive is receiving payments from Parent Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual or potential conflict of interest with Parent Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with Parent Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which Parent Company is now engaged or in which Parent Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive's employment with Parent Company, as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with Parent Company. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during any period in which Executive is receiving payments pursuant to this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or forfeit the remaining severance payments. In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any client or potential client of Parent Company to competitors of Parent Company, without obtaining Parent Company's prior written consent, during the term of Executive's employment and during any period in which Executive is receiving payments from Parent Company pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide by Parent Company's Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Non-Solicitation.

10.1 Nonsolicitation of Customers or Prospects. Executive acknowledges that information about Parent Company's customers is confidential and constitutes trade secrets. Accordingly, Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Parent Company's relationship with any of its customers or customer prospects by soliciting or encouraging others to solicit any of them for the purpose of diverting or taking away business from Parent Company.

10.2 Nonsolicitation of Parent Company's Employees. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Parent Company's business by soliciting, encouraging or attempting to hire any of Parent Company's employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of Parent Company's employees to discontinue their employment with Parent Company.

11. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executive's breach of the covenants contained in paragraphs 8-10 (collectively "Covenants") would cause irreparable injury to Parent Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, Parent Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.


12. Agreement to Arbitrate. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Executive and Parent Company agree to arbitrate any controversy, claim or dispute between them arising out of or in any way related to this Agreement, the employment relationship between Parent Company and Executive and any disputes upon termination of employment, including but not limited to breach of contract, tort, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination, demotion, discipline, failure to accommodate, family and medical leave, compensation or benefits claims, constitutional claims; and any claims for violation of any local, state or federal law, statute, regulation or ordinance or common law. Claims for workers' compensation, unemployment insurance benefits and Parent Company's right to obtain injunctive relief pursuant to paragraph 11 above are excluded. For the purpose of this agreement to arbitrate, references to "Parent Company" include all parent, subsidiary or related entities and their employees, supervisors, officers, directors, agents, pension or benefit plans, pension or benefit plan sponsors, fiduciaries, administrators, affiliates and all successors and assigns of any of them, and this agreement shall apply to them to the extent Executive's claims arise out of or relate to their actions on behalf of Parent Company.

12.1 Consideration. The mutual promise by Parent Company and Executive to arbitrate any and all disputes between them rather than litigate them before the courts or other bodies, provides the consideration for this agreement to arbitrate.

12.2 Initiation of Arbitration. Either party may exercise the right to arbitrate by providing the other party with written notice of any and all claims forming the basis of such right in sufficient detail to inform the other party of the substance of such claims. In no event shall the request for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claims would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

12.3 Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration will be conducted in Irvine, California by a single neutral arbitrator and in accordance with the then current rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The parties are entitled to representation by an attorney or other representative of their choosing. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. In the event the arbitrator does not follow the law, the arbitrator will have exceeded the scope of his or her authority and the parties may, at their option, file a motion to vacate the award in court. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

12.4 Costs of Arbitration. Each party shall bear one half the cost of the arbitration filing and hearing fees, and the cost of the arbitrator.


13. General Provisions.

13.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of Parent Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Parent Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive's rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver. Either party's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys' Fees. Each side will bear its own attorneys' fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys' fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Parent Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Irvine, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c ) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival. Sections 8 ("No Conflict of Interest"), 9 ("Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights"), 10 (Nonsolicitation), 11
("Injunctive Relief"), 12 ("Agreement to Arbitrate"), 13 ("General Provisions") and 14 ("Entire Agreement") of this Agreement shall survive Executive's employment by Parent Company.


14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Parent Company Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and Parent Company's stock option plan and related option documents described in paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of Parent Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

ETIENNE WEIDEMANN

Dated:    April 1, 2004                  /s/ Etienne Weidemann
       ----------------------------      --------------------------------------

                                         23861 Wardlow Cir
                                         Laguna Niguel, CA. 92677

                                         PeopleView, Inc.


Dated:    April 1, 2004                  By: /s/ Joseph J. Flynn
       ----------------------------      --------------------------------------
                                         Joseph J. Flynn
                                         Chief Executive Officer
                                         PeopleView, Inc.
                                         27130 A Paseo Espada
                                         Suite 1427
                                         San Juan Capistrano, CA. 92675


EXHIBIT A

PARENT COMPANY'S INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Incentive Compensation :

2004--Pre Reverse Split

a. 200,000 options granted in a 3-- year vesting schedule

b. 750,000 warrants issued on April 1, 2004 at the then market price, terms as such:

1. 250,000 granted at closing of the Mayo Merger Deal on April 1, 2004

2. 250,000 contingent upon the company achieving a minimum of the 2004 revenue and EBITDA targets set forth in the Mayo Group, Inc. Merger ( Exhibit H) of final Agreement and Plan of Merger between PeopleView, Inc., PeopleView Acquisition Corporation and Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc.

3. 250,000 contingent upon the company achieving a minimum of the 2005 revenue and EBITDA targets set forth in the Mayo Group, Inc. Merger ( Exhibit H) of final Agreement and Plan of Merger between PeopleView, Inc., PeopleView Acquisition Corporation and Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc.

Warrants subject to contingencies numbers 2 and 3 above will be placed in Escrow and released to Executive within thirty days after audited numbers are achieved and released for the applicable periods. Should however, the actual 2004 and/or 2005 operating budget EBITDA achieved be less than 100% but 75% or more of the target set at closing, Executive will only be become entitled to an equally reduced ratio of these warrants. In the event that less than a 75% of the 2004 and/or 2005 operating target budgeted EBITDA is achieved, Executive will not be entitled to any percentage of the additional warrants.

4. Warrants will have a term of 10 years.

c. Participation in the Corporate Executive Bonus Plan. The Plan will be based on 7.5% of EBITDA for 2004 and 6% for 2005. Etienne Weidemann will be capped at $50,000 in bonus payment per year for the term of this contract. Bonus to be paid on a semi- annual basis, based on the mid year and annual targets. 50% paid in August and the balance paid in January.

d. Participation in a commission plan based on "net add" sales. Etienne Weidemann will be capped at $50,000 in commission payment per year for the term of this contract.


EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is made effective as of the closing of the acquisition of April 1, 2004 ("Effective Date"), by and between PeopleView, Inc. ("Company") and Joseph J. Flynn ("Executive").

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties.

2.1 Position. Executive is employed as Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors with a and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company's Board of Directors both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. Company reserves the right to modify Executive's position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. Further, Executive is employed as President and Chief Operating Officer of The Mayo Group, Inc. a subsidiary of the Company and a and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and attached in Exhibit B.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executive's best efforts on behalf of Company and its subsidiaries, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive's full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive's assigned duties for Company, unless Executive notifies the Board of Directors in advance of Executive's intent to engage in other paid work and receives the Board of Directors' express written consent to do so.

3. Term.

3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date set forth above and continuing for a period of two (2) years following such date ("Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated in accordance with paragraph 7 below.

3.2 Renewal. On completion of the Initial Term specified in subparagraph 3.1 above, this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent 12 months terms unless either party provides advance written notice to the other that Company/Executive does not wish to renew the Agreement for a subsequent 12 months. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subparagraph 3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the current term.


4. Compensation.

4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executive's performance of Executive's duties hereunder, Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary of $165,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event Executive's employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit A.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to executives of Company subject to the terms and conditions of Company's benefit plan documents. Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's duties on behalf of Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Company's policies.

7. Termination of Executive's Employment.

7.1 Termination for Cause by Company. Although Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, Company may terminate Executive's employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive's obligations or otherwise relating to the business of Company; (b) Executive's material breach of this Agreement; (c) Executive's conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (d) Executive's willful neglect of duties as determined in the sole and exclusive discretion of the Board of Directors; (e) Executive's failure to perform the essential functions of Executive's position, with or without reasonable accommodation due to a mental or physical disability, due to a mental or physical disability; and (f) Executive's death. In the event Executive's employment is terminated for Cause in accordance with this subparagraph 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to no further benefits or payments under this Agreement and all obligations of Company under this Agreement shall become automatically terminated and completely extinguished, provided that if Executive's employment is terminated pursuant to
Section 7.1(f) then Executive's estate shall be entitled to six (6) months additional base compensation under this Agreement and the immediate vesting of all unvested stock options (provided, however, that such vested options shall be exercised in accordance with the Company's stock option plan).


7.2 Termination Without Cause by Company/Severance. Company may terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and a "Severance Payment" equivalent to (a) payment of compensation for an additional six (6) months, payable in accordance with Company's regular payroll cycle or lump sum, and (b) an additional provision of accelerating all unvested stock options and warrants provided that: (a) Executive complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subparagraph 13.8 below; (b) Executive executes a full general release, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Company arising out of or any way related to Executive's employment or termination of employment with Company, and (c) such vested options shall be exercised in accordance with the Company's stock option plan.

7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.2. above, provided Executive complies with all of the conditions in subparagraph 7.2. above. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason in the following circumstances: (a) Company's material breach of this Agreement; (b) Executive's Base Salary is reduced by more than 30% below Executive's salary in effect at any time during the preceding twelve months, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries; and
(c) Company relocates Executive's principal place of work to a location more than sixty (60) miles from Newport Beach, California, without Executive's prior written approval.

7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Company without Good Reason, at any time after the Initial Term, on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Base Salary for the thirty-day notice period if any. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.2. above.

7.5 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not to renew this Agreement for a subsequent 12 months in accordance with subparagraph 3.2 above, the Agreement will expire, Executive's employment with Company will terminate and Executive will only be entitled to Executive's Base Salary paid through the last day of the current term. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.2 above.


8. No Conflict of Interest. During the term of Executive's employment with Company and during any period Executive is receiving payments from Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual or potential conflict of interest with Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which Company is now engaged or in which Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive's employment with Company, as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with Company. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during any period in which Executive is receiving payments pursuant to this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or forfeit the remaining severance payments. In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any client or potential client of Company to competitors of Company, without obtaining Company's prior written consent, during the term of Executive's employment and during any period in which Executive is receiving payments from Company pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide by Company's Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Non-Solicitation.

10.1 Nonsolicitation of Customers or Prospects. Executive acknowledges that information about Company's customers is confidential and constitutes trade secrets. Accordingly, Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Company's relationship with any of its customers or customer prospects by soliciting or encouraging others to solicit any of them for the purpose of diverting or taking away business from Company.

10.2 Nonsolicitation of Company's Employees. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Company's business by soliciting, encouraging or attempting to hire any of Company's employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of Company's employees to discontinue their employment with Company.

11. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executive's breach of the covenants contained in paragraphs 8-10 (collectively "Covenants") would cause irreparable injury to Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.


12. Agreement to Arbitrate. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Executive and Company agree to arbitrate any controversy, claim or dispute between them arising out of or in any way related to this Agreement, the employment relationship between Company and Executive and any disputes upon termination of employment, including but not limited to breach of contract, tort, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination, demotion, discipline, failure to accommodate, family and medical leave, compensation or benefits claims, constitutional claims; and any claims for violation of any local, state or federal law, statute, regulation or ordinance or common law. Claims for workers' compensation, unemployment insurance benefits and Company's right to obtain injunctive relief pursuant to paragraph 11 above are excluded. For the purpose of this agreement to arbitrate, references to "Company" include all parent, subsidiary or related entities and their employees, supervisors, officers, directors, agents, pension or benefit plans, pension or benefit plan sponsors, fiduciaries, administrators, affiliates and all successors and assigns of any of them, and this agreement shall apply to them to the extent Executive's claims arise out of or relate to their actions on behalf of Company.

12.1 Consideration. The mutual promise by Company and Executive to arbitrate any and all disputes between them rather than litigate them before the courts or other bodies, provides the consideration for this agreement to arbitrate.

12.2 Initiation of Arbitration. Either party may exercise the right to arbitrate by providing the other party with written notice of any and all claims forming the basis of such right in sufficient detail to inform the other party of the substance of such claims. In no event shall the request for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claims would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

12.3 Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration will be conducted in Irvine, California by a single neutral arbitrator and in accordance with the then current rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The parties are entitled to representation by an attorney or other representative of their choosing. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. In the event the arbitrator does not follow the law, the arbitrator will have exceeded the scope of his or her authority and the parties may, at their option, file a motion to vacate the award in court. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

12.4 Costs of Arbitration. Each party shall bear one half the cost of the arbitration filing and hearing fees, and the cost of the arbitrator.

13. General Provisions.

13.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive's rights or obligations under this Agreement.


13.2 Waiver. Either party's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys' Fees. Each side will bear its own attorneys' fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys' fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Orange County, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival. Sections 8 ("No Conflict of Interest"), 9 ("Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights"), 10 (Nonsolicitation), 11
("Injunctive Relief"), 12 ("Agreement to Arbitrate"), 13 ("General Provisions") and 14 ("Entire Agreement") of this Agreement shall survive Executive's employment by Company.

14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Company Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and Company's stock option plan and related option documents described in paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.


THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

JOSEPH J. FLYNN

Dated:
       ---------------------------          ----------------------------------
                                            50 Via Belleza
                                            San Clemente, CA. 92673

                                            PeopleView, Inc.

Dated:                                   By:
       ---------------------------          ----------------------------------
                                            Michael D. Vanderhoof
                                            Compensation Committee Chairperson
                                            PeopleView, Inc.
                                            27130 A Paseo Espada
                                            Suite 1427
                                            San Juan Capistrano, CA. 92675


EXHIBIT A

COMPANY'S INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Incentive Compensation:

2004--Pre Reverse Split

a. 250,000 options granted in a 3-- year vesting schedule

b. 750,000 warrants terms as such:

1. 250,000 upon closing of acquisition of The Mayo Group, Inc.

2. 250,000 if the Company's revenues and EBITDA for fiscal year 2004 exceed the threshold amounts set forth in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of April 1, 2004 between the Company, The Mayo Group, Inc., the shareholders of The Mayo Group, Inc., and PPVW Acquisition Corporation (the "Merger Agreement").

3. 250,000 if the Company's revenues and EBITDA for fiscal year 2005 exceed the targets set forth in the Mayo Group, Inc. Merger 2004 Integration Plan (Exhibit H) described in the Merger Agreement.

The warrants subject to the contingencies in items 2 and 3 above will be placed in escrow and released to Executive within thirty days after audited numbers are achieved and released for the applicable periods. Should however, the actual 2004 and 2005 EBITDA amount achieved by the Company be less than 100% of the target, but 75% or more of the target, Executive will be entitled to an equally reduced ratio of these warrants (between 75% and 100%). In the event that less than 75% of the 2004 or 2005 target EBITDA is achieved by the Company, Executive will not be entitled to any percentage of the contingent warrants. The warrants will have a 5 year term.

c. Participation in the Corporate Executive Bonus Plan. The plan will be based on 7.5% of EBITDA for 2004, and 6% of EBITDA for 2005. The Executive will be capped at $50,000 in bonus payment per year during the term of this Agreement. The bonus, if any, will be paid at the time that the relevant 10K if filed with the SEC. The EBITDA targets described in this Exhibit A shall be "grossed up" and analyzed as if the bonuses to be paid to the Executives have been paid (i.e., the potential executive bonuses shall be accrued and counted as an expense on the Company's income statement).


Job Description

President & Chief Operating Officer, The Mayo Group Inc.

|_| President & Chief Operating Officer |_| Reports to CEO with dotted line to the Board of Directors |_| Direct Reports include EVPs of , Key Accounts, and Consulting Groups |_| Other Responsibilities include:

>> Daily Management of Corporate Operations

>> Creating and maintaining Corporate Infrastructure to sustain growth >> Dealing with Wall Street and Investment Community >> Executive ( non-Officer) Compensation Plans >> Quarterly Customer Reviews with EVP of Business Development >> Customer Service and Support Programs >> National and International Corporate Expansion, working closely with Exec Team on providing the infrastructure and funding >> Company finances in conjunction


EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is made effective as of the closing of the acquisition of April 1, 2004 ("Effective Date"), by and between PeopleView, Inc. ("Parent Company") and James P. Stapleton ("Executive").

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Parent Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties.

2.1 Position. Executive is employed as Parent Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Parent Company's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. Parent Company reserves the right to modify Executive's position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion. Further, Executive is employed as Chief Financial Officer of The Mayo Group, Inc. a subsidiary of the Parent Company and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the subsidiary Company's Chief Operating Officer.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executive's best efforts on behalf of Parent Company and its subsidiaries, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by Parent Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of Parent Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive's full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive's assigned duties for Parent Company, unless Executive notifies the CEO in advance of Executive's intent to engage in other paid work and receives the CEOs' express written consent to do so.

3. Term.

3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date set forth above and continuing for a period of 2 (two) years following such date ("Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated in accordance with paragraph 7 below.

3.2 Renewal. On completion of the Initial Term specified in subparagraph 3.1 above, this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent 12 months terms unless either party provides advance written notice to the other that Parent Company/Executive does not wish to renew the Agreement for a subsequent 12 months. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subparagraph 3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the current term.


4. Compensation.

4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executive's performance of Executive's duties hereunder, Parent Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary of $145,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Parent Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event Executive's employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit A.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to executives of Parent Company subject to the terms and conditions of Parent Company's benefit plan documents. Parent Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's duties on behalf of Parent Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Parent Company's policies.

7. Termination of Executive's Employment.

7.1 Termination for Cause by Parent Company. Although Parent Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, Parent Company may terminate Executive's employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive's obligations or otherwise relating to the business of Parent Company; (b) Executive's material breach of this Agreement;
(c) Executive's conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude; (d) Executive's failure to perform the essential functions of Executive's position, with or without reasonable accommodation due to a mental or physical disability, due to a mental or physical disability; and (e) Executive's death. In the event Executive's employment is terminated in accordance with this subparagraph 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination.

7.2 All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 below.

7.3 Termination Without Cause by Parent Company/Severance. Parent Company may terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice to Executive. In the event of such termination, Executive will receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and a "Severance Payment" equivalent to (a.) payment of compensation for an additional 12 months, payable in accordance with Parent Company's regular payroll cycle or lump sum, and (b.) an additional provision of accelerating all unvested stock options and warrants provided that Executive. : (a) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subparagraph 13.8 below; (b) executes a full general release, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Parent Company arising out of or any way related to Executive's employment or termination of employment with Parent Company.


7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Parent Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination., and the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3. above, provided Executive complies with all of the conditions in subparagraph 7.3. above. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason in the following circumstances: (a) Parent Company's material breach of this Agreement; (b) Executive's Base Salary is reduced by more than 25% below Executive's salary in effect at any time during the preceding twelve months, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries;
(c) Executive's position and/or duties are modified so that Executive's duties are no longer consistent with the position of a senior executive or Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors; and (d) Parent Company relocates Executive's principal place of work to a location more than sixty (60) miles from the location specified in subparagraph 2.3, without Executive's prior written approval.

7.5 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Parent Company without Good Reason, at any time after the Initial Term, on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Base Salary for the thirty-day notice period if any. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3. above.

7.6 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not to renew this Agreement for a subsequent 6 months in accordance with subparagraph 3.2 above, the Agreement will expire, Executive's employment with Parent Company will terminate and Executive will only be entitled to Executive's Base Salary paid through the last day of the current term. All other Parent Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 above.


8. No Conflict of Interest. During the term of Executive's employment with Parent Company and during any period Executive is receiving payments from Parent Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual or potential conflict of interest with Parent Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with Parent Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which Parent Company is now engaged or in which Parent Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive's employment with Parent Company, as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with Parent Company. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during any period in which Executive is receiving payments pursuant to this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or forfeit the remaining severance payments. In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any client or potential client of Parent Company to competitors of Parent Company, without obtaining Parent Company's prior written consent, during the term of Executive's employment and during any period in which Executive is receiving payments from Parent Company pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide by Parent Company's Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Non-Solicitation.

10.1 Nonsolicitation of Customers or Prospects. Executive acknowledges that information about Parent Company's customers is confidential and constitutes trade secrets. Accordingly, Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Parent Company's relationship with any of its customers or customer prospects by soliciting or encouraging others to solicit any of them for the purpose of diverting or taking away business from Parent Company.

10.2 Nonsolicitation of Parent Company's Employees. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Parent Company's business by soliciting, encouraging or attempting to hire any of Parent Company's employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of Parent Company's employees to discontinue their employment with Parent Company.

11. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executive's breach of the covenants contained in paragraphs 8-10 (collectively "Covenants") would cause irreparable injury to Parent Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, Parent Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.


12. Agreement to Arbitrate. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Executive and Parent Company agree to arbitrate any controversy, claim or dispute between them arising out of or in any way related to this Agreement, the employment relationship between Parent Company and Executive and any disputes upon termination of employment, including but not limited to breach of contract, tort, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination, demotion, discipline, failure to accommodate, family and medical leave, compensation or benefits claims, constitutional claims; and any claims for violation of any local, state or federal law, statute, regulation or ordinance or common law. Claims for workers' compensation, unemployment insurance benefits and Parent Company's right to obtain injunctive relief pursuant to paragraph 11 above are excluded. For the purpose of this agreement to arbitrate, references to "Parent Company" include all parent, subsidiary or related entities and their employees, supervisors, officers, directors, agents, pension or benefit plans, pension or benefit plan sponsors, fiduciaries, administrators, affiliates and all successors and assigns of any of them, and this agreement shall apply to them to the extent Executive's claims arise out of or relate to their actions on behalf of Parent Company.

12.1 Consideration. The mutual promise by Parent Company and Executive to arbitrate any and all disputes between them rather than litigate them before the courts or other bodies, provides the consideration for this agreement to arbitrate.

12.2 Initiation of Arbitration. Either party may exercise the right to arbitrate by providing the other party with written notice of any and all claims forming the basis of such right in sufficient detail to inform the other party of the substance of such claims. In no event shall the request for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claims would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

12.3 Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration will be conducted in Irvine, California by a single neutral arbitrator and in accordance with the then current rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The parties are entitled to representation by an attorney or other representative of their choosing. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. In the event the arbitrator does not follow the law, the arbitrator will have exceeded the scope of his or her authority and the parties may, at their option, file a motion to vacate the award in court. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

12.4 Costs of Arbitration. Each party shall bear one half the cost of the arbitration filing and hearing fees, and the cost of the arbitrator.


13. General Provisions.

13.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of Parent Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Parent Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive's rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver. Either party's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys' Fees. Each side will bear its own attorneys' fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys' fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Parent Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Irvine, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c ) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival. Sections 8 ("No Conflict of Interest"), 9 ("Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights"), 10 (Nonsolicitation), 11
("Injunctive Relief"), 12 ("Agreement to Arbitrate"), 13 ("General Provisions") and 14 ("Entire Agreement") of this Agreement shall survive Executive's employment by Parent Company.


14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Parent Company Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and Parent Company's stock option plan and related option documents described in paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of Parent Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

JAMES P. STAPLETON

Dated:        4/1/04
       --------------------------            ----------------------------------
                                             YOUR ADDRESS HERE


                                             PeopleView, Inc.


Dated:        4/1/04                     By: /s/ Joseph J. Flynn
       --------------------------            ----------------------------------
                                             Joseph J. Flynn
                                             Chief Executive Officer
                                             PeopleView, Inc.
                                             27130 A Paseo Espada
                                             Suite 1427
                                             San Juan Capistrano, CA. 92675


EXHIBIT A

PARENT COMPANY'S INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Incentive Compensation :

2004--Pre Reverse Split

a. 200,000 options granted in a 3-- year vesting schedule

b. 630,000 warrants issued on April 1, 2004 at the then market price, terms as such:

1. 215,000 granted at closing of the Mayo Merger Deal on April 1, 2004

2. 215,000 contingent upon the company achieving a minimum of the 2004 revenue and EBITDA targets set forth in the Mayo Group, Inc. Merger (Exhibit H) of final Agreement and Plan of Merger between PeopleView, Inc., PeopleView Acquisition Corporation and Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc.

3. 215,000 contingent upon the company achieving a minimum of the 2005 revenue and EBITDA targets set forth in the Mayo Group, Inc. Merger (Exhibit H) of final Agreement and Plan of Merger between PeopleView, Inc., PeopleView Acquisition Corporation and Alan Mayo and Associates, Inc.

Warrants subject to contingencies numbers 2 and 3 above will be placed in Escrow and released to Executive within thirty days after audited numbers are achieved and released for the applicable periods. Should however, the actual 2004 and/or 2005 operating budget EBITDA achieved be less than 100% but 75% or more of the target set at closing, Executive will only be become entitled to an equally reduced ratio of these warrants. In the event that less than a 75% of the 2004 and/or 2005 operating target budgeted EBITDA is achieved, Executive will not be entitled to any percentage of the additional warrants.

4. Warrants will have a term of 5 years.

c. Participation in the Corporate Executive Bonus Plan. The Plan will be based on 7.5% of EBITDA for the year. James Stapleton will be capped at $50,000 in bonus payment per year for the term of this contract. Bonus to be paid on a semi- annual basis, based on the mid year and annual targets. 50% paid in August and the balance paid in January. August payment will be contingent upon company's ability to demonstrate positive cash flow for a minimum of six months.


EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Executive Employment Agreement ("Agreement") is made effective as of January 3, 2005 ("Effective Date"), by and between AUXILIO, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("Company") and Paul T. Anthony ("Executive").

The parties agree as follows:

1. Employment. Company hereby employs Executive, and Executive hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

2. Duties.

2.1 Position. Executive is employed as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and shall have the duties and responsibilities assigned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Board of Directors both upon initial hire and as may be reasonably assigned from time to time. Executive shall perform faithfully and diligently all duties assigned to Executive. Company reserves the right to modify Executive's position and duties at any time in its sole and absolute discretion.

2.2 Best Efforts/Full-time. Executive will expend Executive's best efforts on behalf of Company and its subsidiaries, and will abide by all policies and decisions made by Company, as well as all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations or ordinances. Executive will act in the best interest of Company at all times. Executive shall devote Executive's full business time and efforts to the performance of Executive's assigned duties for Company, unless Executive notifies the CEO in advance of Executive's intent to engage in other paid work and receives the CEOs' express written consent to do so.

3. Term.

3.1 Initial Term. The employment relationship pursuant to this Agreement shall be for an initial term commencing on the Effective Date set forth above and continuing for a period of 2 (two) years following such date ("Initial Term"), unless sooner terminated in accordance with paragraph 7 below.

3.2 Renewal. On completion of the Initial Term specified in subparagraph 3.1 above, this Agreement will automatically renew for subsequent 12 months terms unless either party provides advance written notice to the other that such party does not wish to renew the Agreement for a subsequent 12 months. In the event either party gives notice of nonrenewal pursuant to this subparagraph 3.2, this Agreement will expire at the end of the current term.

4. Compensation.

4.1 Base Salary. As compensation for Executive's performance of Executive's duties hereunder, Company shall pay to Executive an initial Base Salary of $155,000 per year, payable in accordance with the normal payroll practices of Company, less required deductions for state and federal withholding tax, social security and all other employment taxes and payroll deductions. In the event Executive's employment under this Agreement is terminated by either party, for any reason, Executive will be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination. Such amount shall be reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee and may be increased upon recommendation of the CEO to the Compensation Committee of the Board in the context of individual and Company performance.


4.2 Incentive Compensation. Executive will be eligible to earn incentive compensation in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit A.

5. Customary Fringe Benefits. Executive will be eligible for all customary and usual fringe benefits generally available to executives of Company subject to the terms and conditions of Company's benefit plan documents. Company reserves the right to change or eliminate the fringe benefits on a prospective basis, at any time, effective upon notice to Executive.

6. Business Expenses. Executive will be reimbursed for all reasonable, out-of-pocket business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive's duties on behalf of Company. To obtain reimbursement, expenses must be submitted promptly with appropriate supporting documentation in accordance with Company's policies.

7. Termination of Executive's Employment.

7.1 Termination for Cause by Company. Although Company anticipates a mutually rewarding employment relationship with Executive, Company may terminate Executive's employment immediately at any time for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" is defined as: (a) acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct on the part of Executive with respect to Executive's obligations or otherwise relating to the business of Company; (b) Executive's material breach of this Agreement; and (c) Executive's conviction or entry of a plea of nolo contendere for fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement, or any felony or crime of moral turpitude. In the event Executive's employment is terminated in accordance with this subparagraph 7.1, Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive's Base Salary prorated to the date of termination. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 below.

7.2 Termination Without Cause by Company/Severance; Change of Control.

(a) Company may terminate Executive's employment under this Agreement without Cause at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice to Executive. In the event of (i) such termination without Cause, or (ii) Executive's inability to perform the essential functions of Executive's position due to a mental or physical disability or Executive's death, or (iii) in the event of the termination of Executive without Cause following a "Change of Control" (as defined in Section 7.2(b) below), Executive will receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and a "Severance Payment" equivalent to (a) payment of compensation for an additional 6 months, payable in accordance with Company's regular payroll cycle or lump sum, and (b) an additional provision of accelerating all unvested stock options and warrants provided that Executive: (i) complies with all surviving provisions of this Agreement as specified in subparagraph 13.8 below; and (ii) executes a full general release, releasing all claims, known or unknown, that Executive may have against Company arising out of or any way related to Executive's employment or termination of employment with Company.


(b) As used herein, "Change of Control" means: (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity and in which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own, immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the entity surviving such transaction or, where the surviving entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary of another entity, the surviving entity's parent; or (iii) a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but the shares of common stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger are converted by virtue of the merger into other property, whether in the form of securities of the surviving entity's parent, cash or otherwise, and in which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting stock immediately prior to such transaction own, immediately after such transaction, securities representing less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company or, where the Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of another entity.

(c) In the event that the benefits provided to you under this Agreement, and any other agreements, plans or arrangements to which you may be a party with the Company, cause you to incur an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") or any corresponding provisions of applicable state tax law in connection with a Change of Control, then the Company will pay you an additional amount sufficient to reimburse you for (i) the excise tax imposed on such benefits, and (ii) the federal and state income, employment and excise taxes, determined on a fully "grossed-up" basis, imposed on the benefits payments provided. The Company shall be entitled to withhold from the payment required hereunder such taxes as it may be required to withhold under applicable tax law, and any such withheld taxes shall be treated as paid to you hereunder.

7.3 Voluntary Resignation by Executive for Good Reason/Severance. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Company for Good Reason, at any time on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation for Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive the Base Salary then in effect, prorated to the date of termination, and the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3. above, provided Executive complies with all of the conditions in subparagraph 7.3. above. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will be deemed to have resigned for Good Reason in the following circumstances: (a) Company's material breach of this Agreement; (b) Executive's Base Salary is reduced by more than 10% below Executive's salary in effect at any time during the preceding twelve months, unless the reduction is made as part of, and is generally consistent with, a general reduction of senior executive salaries; (c) Executive's position and/or duties are modified so that Executive's duties are no longer consistent with the position of a senior executive or Executive no longer reports to the Board of Directors; and (d) Company relocates Executive's principal place of work to a location more than sixty (60) miles from the location specified in subparagraph 2.3, without Executive's prior written approval.

7.4 Voluntary Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. Executive may voluntarily resign Executive's position with Company without Good Reason, at any time after the Initial Term, on thirty (30) days' advance written notice. In the event of Executive's resignation without Good Reason, Executive will be entitled to receive only the Base Salary for the thirty-day notice period and no other amount for the remaining months of the current term, if any. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. In addition, executive will not be entitled to receive the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.2 above.


7.5 Termination of Employment Upon Nonrenewal. In the event either party decides not to renew this Agreement for a subsequent 12 months in accordance with subparagraph 3.2 above, the Agreement will expire, Executive's employment with Company will terminate and Executive will only be entitled to Executive's Base Salary paid through the last day of the current term. All other Company obligations to Executive pursuant to this Agreement will become automatically terminated and completely extinguished. Executive will not be entitled to the Severance Payment described in subparagraph 7.3 above.

8. No Conflict of Interest. During the term of Executive's employment with Company and during any period Executive is receiving payments from Company, Executive must not engage in any work, paid or unpaid, that creates an actual or potential conflict of interest with Company. Such work shall include, but is not limited to, directly or indirectly competing with Company in any way, or acting as an officer, director, employee, consultant, stockholder, volunteer, lender, or agent of any business enterprise of the same nature as, or which is in direct competition with, the business in which Company is now engaged or in which Company becomes engaged during the term of Executive's employment with Company, as may be determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during the term of this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or resign employment with Company. If the Board of Directors believes such a conflict exists during any period in which Executive is receiving payments pursuant to this Agreement, the Board of Directors may ask Executive to choose to discontinue the other work or forfeit the remaining severance payments. In addition, Executive agrees not to refer any client or potential client of Company to competitors of Company, without obtaining Company's prior written consent, during the term of Executive's employment and during any period in which Executive is receiving payments from Company pursuant to this Agreement.

9. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. Executive agrees to read, sign and abide by Company's Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement, which is provided with this Agreement and incorporated herein by reference.

10. Non-Solicitation.

10.1 Nonsolicitation of Customers or Prospects. Executive acknowledges that information about Company's customers is confidential and constitutes trade secrets. Accordingly, Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Company's relationship with any of its customers or customer prospects by soliciting or encouraging others to solicit any of them for the purpose of diverting or taking away business from Company.

10.2 Nonsolicitation of Company's Employees. Executive agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of this Agreement, Executive will not, either directly or indirectly, separately or in association with others, interfere with, impair, disrupt or damage Company's business by soliciting, encouraging or attempting to hire any of Company's employees or causing others to solicit or encourage any of Company's employees to discontinue their employment with Company.


11. Injunctive Relief. Executive acknowledges that Executive's breach of the covenants contained in paragraphs 8-10 (collectively "Covenants") would cause irreparable injury to Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach, Company shall be entitled to seek temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting any bond or other security.

12. Agreement to Arbitrate. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Executive and Company agree to arbitrate any controversy, claim or dispute between them arising out of or in any way related to this Agreement, the employment relationship between Company and Executive and any disputes upon termination of employment, including but not limited to breach of contract, tort, discrimination, harassment, wrongful termination, demotion, discipline, failure to accommodate, family and medical leave, compensation or benefits claims, constitutional claims; and any claims for violation of any local, state or federal law, statute, regulation or ordinance or common law. Claims for workers' compensation, unemployment insurance benefits and Company's right to obtain injunctive relief pursuant to paragraph 11 above are excluded. For the purpose of this agreement to arbitrate, references to "Company" include all parent, subsidiary or related entities and their employees, supervisors, officers, directors, agents, pension or benefit plans, pension or benefit plan sponsors, fiduciaries, administrators, affiliates and all successors and assigns of any of them, and this agreement shall apply to them to the extent Executive's claims arise out of or relate to their actions on behalf of Company.

12.1 Consideration. The mutual promise by Company and Executive to arbitrate any and all disputes between them rather than litigate them before the courts or other bodies, provides the consideration for this agreement to arbitrate.

12.2 Initiation of Arbitration. Either party may exercise the right to arbitrate by providing the other party with written notice of any and all claims forming the basis of such right in sufficient detail to inform the other party of the substance of such claims. In no event shall the request for arbitration be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such claims would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations.

12.3 Arbitration Procedure. The arbitration will be conducted in Irvine, California by a single neutral arbitrator and in accordance with the then current rules for resolution of employment disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The parties are entitled to representation by an attorney or other representative of their choosing. The arbitrator shall have the power to enter any award that could be entered by a judge of the trial court of the State of California, and only such power, and shall follow the law. In the event the arbitrator does not follow the law, the arbitrator will have exceeded the scope of his or her authority and the parties may, at their option, file a motion to vacate the award in court. The parties agree to abide by and perform any award rendered by the arbitrator. Judgment on the award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

12.4 Costs of Arbitration. Each party shall bear one half the cost of the arbitration filing and hearing fees, and the cost of the arbitrator.


13. General Provisions.

13.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company. Executive shall not be entitled to assign any of Executive's rights or obligations under this Agreement.

13.2 Waiver. Either party's failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

13.3 Attorneys' Fees. Each side will bear its own attorneys' fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys' fees to the prevailing party.

13.4 Severability. In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

13.5 Interpretation; Construction. The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing Company, but Executive has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Executive acknowledges that Executive has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

13.6 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of California. Each party consents to the jurisdiction and venue of the state or federal courts in Irvine, California, if applicable, in any action, suit, or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

13.7 Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered as follows with notice deemed given as indicated: (a) by personal delivery when delivered personally; (b) by overnight courier upon written verification of receipt; (c ) by telecopy or facsimile transmission upon acknowledgment of receipt of electronic transmission; or (d) by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, upon verification of receipt. Notice shall be sent to the addresses set forth below, or such other address as either party may specify in writing.

13.8 Survival. Sections 8 ("No Conflict of Interest"), 9 ("Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights"), 10 (Nonsolicitation), 11
("Injunctive Relief"), 12 ("Agreement to Arbitrate"), 13 ("General Provisions") and 14 ("Entire Agreement") of this Agreement shall survive Executive's employment by Company.


14. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement incorporated herein by reference and Company's stock option plan and related option documents described in paragraph 4.3 of this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties relating to this subject matter and supersedes all prior or simultaneous representations, discussions, negotiations, and agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of Executive and the Board of Directors of Company. No oral waiver, amendment or modification will be effective under any circumstances whatsoever.

THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE READ THE FOREGOING AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND EACH AND EVERY PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN. WHEREFORE, THE PARTIES HAVE EXECUTED THIS AGREEMENT ON THE DATES SHOWN BELOW.

Dated:
       ---------------------------

Dated:                                 By:
       ---------------------------        --------------------------------------
                                          Joseph J. Flynn
                                          Chief Executive Officer
                                          AUXILIO, Inc.
                                          27130 A Paseo Espada
                                          Suite 1427
                                          San Juan Capistrano, CA. 92675


EXHIBIT A

COMPANY'S INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
For Paul T. Anthony

Incentive Compensation:

a. 330,000 warrants terms as such:

1. 110,000 upon signature of the enclosed Employment agreement

2. 110,000 if the Company's revenues and EBITDA for fiscal year 2005, this will be based on the final budget presented to the board by January 31, 2005

3. 110,000 if the Company's revenues and EBITDA for fiscal year 2006 based on the final budget to be presented and signed off by the board by Dec. 31, 2006

The warrants subject to the contingencies in items 2 and 3 above will be placed in escrow and released to Executive within thirty days after audited numbers are achieved and released for the applicable periods. Should however, the actual 2005 and 2006 EBITDA amount achieved by the Company be less than 100% of the target, but 75% or more of the target, Executive will be entitled to an equally reduced ratio of these warrants (between 75% and 100%).

b. In the event that less than 75% of the 2005 or 2006 target EBITDA is achieved by the Company, Executive will only be entitled to warrants at the discretion of the Chairman & CEO and the Compensation Committee. The warrants will have a 5 year term. Warrants will be issued at a price equal to the market rate of the closing price on the date of signature of the enclosed employment agreement.

c. A $10,000 one-time signing bonus to be paid by no later than April 1, 2005

d. Participation in the Annual Corporate Executive Bonus Plan which is as follows, 10% of EBITDA for 2005 and 2006, to be divided equally among the CEO, CFO and the COO. In 2005, Bonus will not exceed $50,000. The Board and compensation committee will review caps for 2006 bonus in December of 2005.

e. Should however, the actual 2005 and 2006 EBITDA amount achieved by the Company be less than 100% of the target, but 75% or more of the target, Executive will be entitled to an equally reduced ratio of the bonus payment (between 75% and 100%). Bonuses will be paid on a semi- annual basis, based, 50% in August and 50% in January, based on review of audited mid-year and end of year financials

f. Executive and Family Healthcare will be covered 100% by the Company.


MISSION HERITAGE

OFFICE LEASE

between

McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC

LANDLORD,

and

Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation

TENANT


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

ARTICLE 1:  PREMISES.........................................................1
               1.1     Lease of Premises.....................................1
               1.2     Basic Terms...........................................1
               1.3     Tenant's Acceptance of Premises.......................2
               1.4     Rights Reserved to Landlord...........................2

ARTICLE 2:  LEASE TERM.......................................................2
               2.1     Commencement Date.....................................2
               2.2     Expiration Date.......................................3
               2.3     Possession............................................3
               2.4     Delays Caused By Tenant...............................3

ARTICLE 3:  RENT.............................................................3
               3.1     Base Rent.............................................3
               3.2     Additional Rent.......................................4
               3.3     Determination and Payment of Additional Rent..........4
               3.4     Utilities.............................................6
               3.5     Late Charges..........................................7
               3.6     Interest on Past Due Obligations......................7
               3.8     Taxes to be paid by Tenant............................7

ARTICLE 4:  SECURITY DEPOSIT.................................................7
               4.1     Security Deposit......................................7
               4.2     Security Deposit increases............................7

ARTICLE 5:  INDEMNITY; LEGAL COSTS...........................................7
               5.1     Indemnity.............................................8
               5.2     Legal Proceedings.....................................8
               5.3     Landlord's Consent....................................8

ARTICLE 6:  USE OF PROPERTY..................................................8
               6.1     Permitted Use.........................................8
               6.2     Restrictions on Use...................................8
               6.3     Compliance with Governmental and Insurance
                       Regulations; Assumption of Risk of Noncompliance......9
               6.4     Landlord's Access.....................................9

ARTICLE 7:  MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, AND ALTERATIONS............................9
               7.1     Tenant's Obligations..................................9
               7.2     Landlord's Obligations................................9
               7.3     Alterations, Additions, and Improvements.............10
               7.4     Condition Upon Termination...........................10

ARTICLE 8:  DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION...........................................11
               8.1     Damage to Premises or Building.......................11
               8.2     Abatement of Rent....................................11

ARTICLE 9:  CONDEMNATION....................................................11

ARTICLE 10:  ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING......................................12
               10.1    Landlord's Consent Required..........................12
               10.2    Tenant Affiliate.....................................12
               10.3    No Release of Tenant.................................12
               10.4.   Procedures for Requesting Authorization..............12
               10.5    Landlord's Option....................................12
               10.6    Conditions to Consent................................13
                       (a)   Standards of Reasonableness....................13
                       (b)   Further Transfers..............................13
                       (c)   Rent or Other Premiums.........................13
               10.7    Assignment of Sublease Rents.........................13
               10.8    Processing Costs and Fees............................13
               10.9    Prohibited Transfers.................................13

ARTICLE 11:  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES..........................................14
               11.1    Covenants and Conditions.............................14
               11.2    Defaults.............................................14
               11.3    Remedies.............................................14
               11.4    Landlord's Cure of Tenant's Default..................16

ARTICLE 12:  PROTECTION OF LENDERS..........................................16
               12.1    Subordination........................................16
               12.2    Attornment...........................................16
               12.3    Signing of Documents.................................16
               12.4    Estoppel Certificates................................16
               12.5    Tenant's Financial Condition.........................16

ARTICLE 13: INSURANCE; INDEMNITY; WAIVERS...................................17
               13.1    Liability Insurance..................................17
               13.2    Property Insurance: Landlord.........................17
               13.3    Property Insurance:  Tenant..........................17
               13.4    Insurance Policies...................................17
               13.5    Waiver of Subrogation................................17

ARTICLE 14:  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.......................................18
               14.1    Landlord's Liability; Certain Duties.................18
               14.2    Relocation Right.....................................18
               14.3    Modification of the Building.........................18
               14.4    Parking in the Building..............................19
               14.5    Severability.........................................19
               14.6    Interpretation.......................................19
               14.7    Incorporation of Prior Agreement; Modifications......19
               14.8    Notices..............................................19
               14.9    Waivers..............................................19
               14.10   No Recordation.......................................19
               14.11   Binding Effect; Choice of Law........................19
               14.12   Corporate Authority; Partnership Authority...........19
               14.13   Joint and Several Liability..........................20
               14.14   Force Majeure........................................20
               14.15   Rules and Regulations................................20
               14.16   Plurals and Genders.  ...............................20
               14.17   "Persons" Defined....................................20
               14.18   Covenants and Agreements--Time of the Essence........20
               14.19   Severability.........................................20
               14.20   Counterparts.........................................20
               14.21   Applicable Law and Venue.............................20
               14.22   Incorporation of Exhibits............................20
               14.23   Building Name Change.................................20
               14.24   Multiple Parties.....................................20
               14.25   No Violation of Other Agreements.....................21
               14.26   Confidentiality......................................21
               14.27   Modification of Lease................................21
               14.28   Transportation Management............................21
               14.29   Quiet Enjoyment......................................21
               14.30   Security.............................................21

ARTICLE 15:  BROKERS........................................................21
               15.1    Indemnity............................................21
               15.2    Broker's Commission..................................21

ARTICLE 16:  ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS..........................................22

ADDENDUM

EXHIBIT A         Outline of Premises

EXHIBIT B         Notice of Lease Commencement

EXHIBIT C      Rules and Regulations

EXHIBIT D      Work Letter


OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE ("Lease") is made and entered into as of August 5, 2004, by and between McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC, ("Landlord"), and Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation ("Tenant").

ARTICLE 1: PREMISES

1.1 Lease of Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord those certain premises (the "Premises") which Premises are situated in that certain building (the "Building") located at 27401 Los Altos, City of Mission Viejo, County of Orange, State of California, upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein. For the purposes of this Lease the Premises consist of approximately six thousand six hundred seventy-two (6,672) rentable square feet of office space designated as Suite 100 located on the first floor of the Building. An outline of the Premises is attached hereto as Exhibit A. The areas above the drop ceiling, the interior of floors and walls are not included in the Premises. This Lease shall be upon the provisions as hereinafter set forth, which include the following:

1.2 Basic Terms.

(a) Tenant's Trade Name: Auxilio, Inc.

(b) Lease Term: Sixty-two (62) months

(c) Scheduled Commencement Date: November 1, 2004

(d) Scheduled Expiration Date: December 31, 2009

(e) Permitted Use: General office use

(f) Rentable Square Feet of Premises: Approximately 6,672. The final square footage ("Final Square Footage") shall be based on the final space plan.

(g) Base Rent: Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of One Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand One Hundred Twenty-Four and 80/100 Dollars ($156,124.80) per annum in twelve (12) equal monthly installments of Thirteen Thousand Ten and 40/100 Dollars ($13,010.40), except that provided Tenant is not in default and has fully performed the provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have no obligation to pay Base Rent for two (2) months, from and including the first (1st) and second (2nd) months of the Lease Term. The rent shall be adjusted proportionately based on the Final Square Footage.

(h) Adjustment Date: The first (1st) anniversary of the commencement date the Base Rent shall increase to Thirteen Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Four and No/100 Dollars ($13,344.00). The second (2nd ) anniversary of the commencement date the Base Rent shall increase to Thirteen Thousand Six Hundred Seventy-Seven and 60/100 Dollars ($13,677.60). The third (3rd) anniversary of the commencement date the Base Rent shall increase to Fourteen Thousand Eleven and 20/100 Dollars ($14,011.20). The fourth (4th) anniversary of the commencement date the Base Rent shall increase to Fourteen Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Four and 80/100 Dollars ($14,344.80). The rent shall be adjusted proportionately based on the Final Square Footage.

(i) Tenant's Proportionate Share: 9.4%

(j) Security Deposit: Fifteen Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-Nine and 28/100 Dollars ($15,779.28).

(k) Vehicle Parking Allotted to Tenant: 26 spaces. Tenant may convert up to five (5) spaces to reserved at a rate of $25.00 per stall, per month.

(l) Addresses for Notice:

Tenant:   Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation

          27401 Los Altos, Suite 100
          Mission Viejo, CA 92691
          Attention: Etienne Weidemann, President

-3-

Landlord: McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC

c/o CB Richard Ellis 17755 Sky Park Circle East, Suite 104 Irvine, CA 92614 Attention: Elizabeth Grossman

(m) Landlord's Broker: CB Richard Ellis

(n) Tenant's Broker: Cushman & Wakefield

(o) Base Year: 2005

(p) Tenant Improvements: Landlord shall construct Tenant Improvements in accordance with the attached Exhibit D. All Tenant Improvements are to be with building standard materials and finishes.

(q) Early Occupancy: Following completion of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall grant a period of two (2) weeks early occupancy to fixturize the Premises, which would include but not be limited to installation of furniture systems, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), telecommunications and computer cabling.

1.3 Tenant's Acceptance of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Building or with respect to the suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant's business. The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were at such time in a good and tenantable condition, except that Landlord shall repair or replace, as necessary, such defective items furnished or constructed by Landlord of which items Tenant has advised Landlord in writing not later than thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. Tenant hereby waives any claim or rights it may have on account of the condition of the Premises as accepted, and agrees that, except as otherwise provided in Section 7.2, Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements, alterations, changes or repairs in or to the Premises or the Building. For the purposes of this Lease, it is mutually agreed that the Premises and the Building have the number of rentable square feet designated in Article 1.2 above.

1.4 Rights Reserved to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to install and to repair utilities and appurtenances necessary or convenient in connection therewith in, over, upon, and through the Premises or any part thereof, and to enter the Premises for any and all such purposes. Landlord shall conduct its entry at reasonable times, upon reasonable notice and in such a manner as to not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Tenant's business or operations in the Premises.

ARTICLE 2: LEASE TERM

2.1 Commencement Date. The term of this Lease ("Lease Term") shall commence on the Scheduled Commencement Date set forth in Article 1.2 or on such earlier date as Tenant first takes delivery of the Premises, or such other date which is established pursuant to the terms hereof. The date upon which the Lease Term actually commences shall be the "Commencement Date." At the sole election of the Landlord, the Landlord may elect to require the Commencement Date to be specified in Landlord's notice of lease commencement (the "Notice of Lease Commencement") in the form of Exhibit "B" which is attached and made a part hereof. The Notice of Lease Commencement shall be binding on the Tenant unless Tenant objects to the Notice of Lease Commencement in writing, served upon the Landlord, within five (5) days of Tenant's receipt of the Notice of Lease Commencement.

-2-

2.2 Expiration Date. The Lease Term shall continue from and after the Commencement Date for the balance of the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs (if the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of any calendar month) and thereafter for the number of whole years and months set forth in Article 1.2, unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision of this Lease. The date upon which the Lease Term actually expires shall be the "Expiration Date."

2.3 Possession.

(a) If Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom and Tenant waives the provisions of any law to the contrary. However, in such event, the Lease Term shall commence on the earlier to occur of (i) seven (7) days following the giving of notice by Landlord that the Premises shall be ready for occupancy; provided, however, the Premises shall be substantially complete and ready for occupancy on such Commencement Date or Landlord's notice shall be void, or (ii) the date that Tenant first occupies the Premises, and Tenant shall not be liable for Rent until such time. If the Lease Term commences on a date other than the Scheduled Commencement Date pursuant to the provisions herein, the parties agree to acknowledge the Commencement Date as previously provided; provided, however, this Lease shall not be affected in any manner should either party fail or refuse to execute such statement.

(b) If Landlord delivers possession of or access to the Premises prior to the Scheduled Commencement Date, Tenant's occupancy or access shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease which could reasonably and logically be construed as applying thereto, including, without limitation, Tenant's obligation to pay Rent.

(c) Upon the expiration or other termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom clean and in good order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Tenant shall remove all of its personal property and shall promptly repair any damages to the Premises caused by such removal. Tenant's obligation to perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the Lease Term.

(d) If Tenant holds possession of the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or termination of the Lease Term, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all of the terms contained herein, except as to the term of this Lease, rent and other sums payable by Tenant. During such holdover period, Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly a sum equivalent to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the Rent and other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the last month of the term of this Lease (unless Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of a higher rent which shall apply), shall be payable in the amount and at the times specified in this Lease.

2.4 Delays Caused By Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, if Landlord's failure to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant upon the Scheduled Commencement Date is the result in whole or in part of Tenant's action or failure to act, the Rent and all other sums and charges payable hereunder shall commence on the date upon which Landlord would have delivered possession of the Premises but for the occurrence of such events.

ARTICLE 3: RENT

3.1 Base Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent set forth in Article 1.2, payable in advance, in monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term, except that Base Rent for the first
(1st) full month of the Lease Term shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon execution of this Lease by Tenant. The Base Rent for any fractional part of a month shall be prorated on the basis of a 30-day month. Base Rent shall be paid without prior notice or demand, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States.

3.2 Cost of Living Increases.

Section intentionally omitted.

-3-

3.3 Additional Rent.

(a) All charges and sums payable by Tenant in addition to Base Rent shall be deemed Additional Rent (whether or not so designated herein). Landlord shall have such rights and remedies for Tenant's failure to pay Additional Rent when required by the Lease as are provided herein or at law or in equity for the failure to pay Base Rent. As used herein the term "Rent" shall mean both Base Rent and Additional Rent.

(b) Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, in twelve equal monthly installments on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease Term, Additional Rent equal to Tenant's Proportionate Share (as set forth in Article 1.2 and as defined below) of the increase, if any, in Tax Costs and Operating Costs, as defined herein, over the Tax Costs and Operating Costs respectively, for the Base Year (as defined in Section 3.4(a) below). (Tenant's Proportionate Share as set forth in Article 1.2 is calculated as a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of rentable square feet comprising the Premises and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of rentable square feet comprising the Building, excluding the rentable square footage of any premises subject to a triple net lease, and excluding any parking facilities. Landlord and Tenant shall amend this Lease, as necessary, to reflect adjustments in Tenant's Proportionate Share resulting from changes in the rentable square footage of the Premises and/or the Building.

3.4 Determination and Payment of Additional Rent.

(a) Increase in Tax Costs. If, in any calendar year during the Lease Term (the "Comparison Year") commencing with the calendar year 2006, Landlord's Tax Costs shall be higher than the Tax Costs for the calendar year 2005 (the "Base Year"), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent for the Comparison Year, Tenant's Proportionate Share of such increase.

(b) Increase in Operating Costs. If Landlord's Operating Costs for any Comparison Year shall be higher than the Operating Costs for the Base Year, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent for the Comparison Year, Tenant's Proportionate Share of such increase.

(c) On the first day of January of the first Comparison Year and on the first day of every January thereafter during the Lease Term, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement showing in reasonable detail Landlord's actual Tax Costs and Operating Costs for the Base Year and Landlord's estimated Direct Costs for the then current Comparison Year and the amount, if any, of estimated Additional Rent payable by Tenant for such then current Comparison Year (the "Estimated Statement"). Following receipt of the Estimated Statement, Tenant's next monthly Additional Rent payment shall include the projected amount set forth therein, multiplied by the number of rental payment dates which elapsed during the then current Comparison Year. Thereafter, the monthly Additional Rent payments becoming due hereunder shall be in the amount set forth in the Estimated Statement from Landlord. Landlord's failure to deliver the Estimated Statement in a timely manner shall neither constitute a default by Landlord hereunder nor a waiver of Landlord's right to Additional Rent. The Additional Rent due pursuant to this Section shall be in addition to the Base Rent due under Section 3.1 or any other rental, sums or charges due under any other provision of this Lease.

(d) Within six (6) months following the close of each calendar year (or, at Landlord's election, within six (6) months following the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease during such calendar year) or as soon thereafter as possible, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a written statement of reconciliation (the "Revised Statement") setting forth (i) Landlord's actual Tax Costs and Operating Costs for the Base Year and relevant Comparison Year, and
(ii) the amount of any adjusted sum to be paid by or credited to Tenant in order to reconcile the sums paid by Tenant as estimated Additional Rent during such Comparison Year with the actual Tax Costs and Operating Costs respectively paid by Landlord for such Comparison Year. If the Revised Statement shows that additional sums are due from Tenant, Tenant shall pay such sums to Landlord with the next scheduled payment of Base Rent, but in no event later than thirty (30) days from receipt of the Revised Statement. Alternatively, if a credit is due Tenant, such credit shall be deducted from the next sums due from Tenant hereunder as Additional Rent; however, in no event shall such credit be deducted from the next sums due from Tenant as Base Rent unless this Lease has expired or been terminated, in which event such sums shall be refunded to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant's receipt of the Revised Statement. In the event this Lease has expired or otherwise has been terminated prior to the end of a calendar year, Tenant's obligation to pay Additional Rent shall survive such expiration or termination. The failure of the Landlord to give any statement contemplated by this Article shall not prejudice Landlord's right to payment when the statement is delivered.

-4-

(e) Notwithstanding anything otherwise set forth herein, under no circumstances shall Tenant's Base Rent be reduced below the amount set forth in Article 1.2. Any reference to Landlord's "actual" Tax Costs or Operating Costs in this Article 3 shall be deemed to include an allowance for any adjustment to reflect the level of occupancy of the Building to the extent provided for below, if at all.

(f) In the event that Tenant disputes the accuracy of the Revised Statement, Tenant shall have the right, within sixty (60) days following Tenant's receipt of the Revised Statement, after reasonable notice and at a reasonable time, to inspect Landlord's accounting records at the location at which they are maintained and stored by Landlord during a period of thirty (30) days after delivery of a timely notice of inspection to Landlord. Tenant shall have no further right after said sixty (60) day period inspect Landlord's accounting records. If, following such inspection Tenant continues to dispute the amount of the Additional Rent, Landlord shall cause an independent certified public accountant to audit Landlord's records and to certify the amount of the total Tax Costs and Operating Costs. Such certification shall be final and conclusive. Tenant shall pay the cost of such audit unless the aggregate of the Tax Costs and Operating Costs, as set forth in the Revised Statement, exceeds by more than five percent (5%) the actual aggregate of the Tax Costs and Operating Costs calculated by the certified public accountant. Tenant shall keep confidential any information obtained by Tenant or Tenant's account or agent, as well as the results of the audit and any change in Tenant's share of Tax Costs or Operating Costs arising therefrom.

(g) "Direct Costs" shall include both Tax Costs and Operating Costs. Landlord may divide the Estimated Statement and/or the Revised Statement into separate statements for Tax Costs and Operating Costs. Additionally, Landlord may estimate Tax Costs or Operating Costs, or both, on a fiscal year instead of a calendar year basis and all notices referred to herein shall be adjusted accordingly.

(h) "Tax Costs" shall mean the sum of the following: any and all real estate taxes, or sums paid in lieu thereof by Landlord, other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, levied, imposed or becoming a lien upon the Premises, in whole or in part, the real property upon which the Building is located, the Building or the appurtenances thereto and the facilities including, without limitation, hallways, parking facilities, common areas and landscaped areas. The Premises, the Building, parking facilities, the real property, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, landscaping, the appurtenances thereto and the facilities shall collectively be referred to as the "Project." Tax Costs shall include, without limitation, any increase in real estate taxes resulting from reassessment of the Project upon the sale thereof or of any interest therein, or resulting from the sale of any capital stock of Landlord, or any charge imposed, levied or assessed on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived from the Project by the United States, the state, county or city in which the Building is located, or any other local governmental authority, agency or political subdivision. If at any time any government authority shall impose (i) a tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, derived from the Project and/or (ii) a tax, assessment, levy (including, but not limited to, any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Project and imposed upon Landlord and/or (iii) a license fee measured by the Rent payable under this Lease, then all such taxes, assessments, levies, impositions or charges shall be deemed to be included in the Tax Costs. If the assessed valuation or Tax Costs of the Building for the Base Year or any other calendar year during the Lease Term shall not be based upon a completed building at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied, then the Tax Costs during such year or years shall be adjusted to reflect the taxes which would have been payable for such year or years if the Building had been completed and were ninety-five percent (95%) occupied. Tax Costs for each tax year shall be appropriately prorated to determine the Tax Costs for the subject calendar year.

-5-

(i) "Operating Costs" shall mean the sum of the following: any and all expenses, costs and disbursements paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, operation, replacement, repair of the Project including, but not limited to, salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits, pension payments, payroll taxes, worker's compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for employees engaged in the management, operation, maintenance and/or repair of the Building and the Project and all portions thereof; management fees for the management and operation of the Building and the Project and all portions thereof, either as charged to Landlord by independent management companies or an amount not exceeding the amount typically charged by independent management companies if Landlord manages the Building and the Project or portions thereof; the cost of all charges to Landlord for electricity, air conditioning, steam, water and other utilities furnished to the Building and the Project and all portions thereof, including any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability, earthquake, rent loss and all other insurance for the Building and the Project; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for security services, cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors, and the cost of any janitorial, utility or other services to be provided by Landlord; the cost of maintenance and replacement of telephone, television and video type facilities; the cost of removal of hazardous materials; the cost of installation and maintenance of landscaping; the cost of garbage, trash and refuse removal; the cost of rental of machinery and equipment required to maintain and operate the Building and the Project; all reasonable attorney's fees and costs required to maintain and operate the Building and the Project . If, during the Base Year or any other calendar year, the Building is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied at any time, the Operating Costs shall be adjusted to reflect the Operating Costs of the Building and the Project as though the Building was ninety-five percent (95%) occupied for the entire year.

(j) If, at any time, Landlord is required, by any present or future ruling, statute, case decision, ordinance, regulation or law, including without limitation the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 ("Building Regulations"), to make any changes, alterations or improvements to the Project or any portion thereof (including, without limitation, electrical, mechanical or other systems or components) ("Required Alterations") (but excluding Required Alterations attributable to Tenant's use and occupancy of the Premises, which alterations shall be Tenant's sole responsibility) all costs relating to such Required Alterations (including all planning, legal, architectural, engineering, construction, financing and other costs) fairly characterized as "expenses" under generally accepted accounting principles shall be fully included in Landlord's Operating Costs in the year in which such charges accrue or in such year as Landlord pays such charges, as Landlord shall elect. If any portion or all of such costs relating to Required Alterations must be allocated to capital improvements to be depreciated or amortized over two or more years, or if Landlord incurs any costs (not reimbursed to Landlord from insurance proceeds) for any other capital improvements or structural repairs to the Project, whether or not such capital improvements or structural repairs relate to any Required Alterations, Landlord shall be entitled each year to include that portion of such capital costs in Landlord's Operating Costs as Landlord reasonably determines to be a fair estimate of the depreciation or amortization which would be chargeable for such capital improvements during such year, given a reasonable estimate of useful life. Landlord may use the depreciation (or amortization) method by which Landlord accounts for or reports said costs for tax or other purposes or any other reasonable basis. The capital costs described in this
Section 3.4(j) shall include all costs relating to the financing of any such Required Alterations or other capital improvement items. If Landlord internally finances any such capital costs, interest shall be added to such costs at an annual rate equal to the Prime Rate in effect at the start of the work plus two
(2) percentage points. "Prime Rate" as referred to in this Lease shall be the rate of interest announced, from time-to-time, by Bank of America as its prime (or reference) rate; provided, however, if Bank of America shall cease to announce such a rate, then the Prime Rate shall be the average rate of interest announced by the three (3) largest banks in the continental United States as their prime rate.

3.5 Utilities.

(a) Tenant shall pay directly for all sewer, water, gas, heat, light, power, air conditioning, telephone and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, which are separately metered, together with any taxes thereon and any connection fees, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord free and harmless (including reasonable attorney's fees and costs) against any claim or liability for the charges therefore. In the event any such charges are not separately metered to Tenant, such charges shall be included in the Operating Costs. In the event any such charges are separately metered to Tenant and not to the other tenants of the Building, an adjustment shall be made to Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Operating Costs.

-6-

(b) Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord, any governmental agencies or authorities or any utility company may establish for the use and protection of any such utility.

3.6 Late Charges. Tenant's failure to pay Rent promptly shall cause Landlord to incur unanticipated costs in the nature of processing and accounting charges and penalties on mortgage or trust deed payments. The exact amount of such costs are impractical or extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, if Landlord does not receive any Rent payment within five (5) days of its due date
(the "Grace Period"), Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge ("Late Charge") equal to ten percent (10%) of the overdue amount accruing from the due date of such Rent. Provided further, that should the Tenant fail to pay Rent within the Grace Period and incur a Late Charge on more than two (2) occasions in any twelve (12) month period, the Grace Period shall be deemed waived and the Late Charge shall accrue thereafter from the due date of Rent. The parties agree that such Late Charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of such late payment.

3.7 Interest on Past Due Obligations. Any amount owed by Tenant to Landlord which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the Prime Rate in effect at the time plus three (3) percentage points, but in no event to exceed the maximum legal rate from the due date of such payment. Interest shall not be payable on Late Charges. A payment of interest on such past due obligations shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease.

3.8 Taxes to be paid by Tenant. All taxes and other impositions of any kind or nature imposed by any governmental authority on the personal property of Tenant and/or on the improvements to the Premises over and above the standard building improvements customarily furnished by the Landlord to tenants shall be the sole responsibility of the Tenant and shall be paid by Tenant in a timely manner before delinquency. Tenant shall save and hold the Landlord free and harmless from the payment of such taxes or impositions including any liens, if any, arising therefrom.

ARTICLE 4: SECURITY DEPOSIT

4.1 Security Deposit. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security Deposit as set forth in Article 1.2 which shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the Lease Term. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Base Rent, Additional Rent or other charges, Tenant's repair obligations or Tenant's obligations upon surrender of the Premises, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant's default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after written demand therefore, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount; Tenant's failure to do so shall constitute a default under this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof remaining, shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term and the surrender of possession of the Premises to Landlord in the condition required by this Lease.

4.2 Security Deposit increases. Each time the Base Rent is increased, Tenant shall deposit additional funds with Landlord sufficient to increase the Security Deposit to an amount which bears the same relationship to the adjusted Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent.

-7-

ARTICLE 5: INDEMNITY; LEGAL COSTS

5.1 Indemnity. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights and claims against Landlord (except for claims based upon either fraud or the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Landlord) now and in the future, and Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord, Landlord's agents, and employees harmless from any and all costs, claims or liabilities arising from: (a) Tenant's use of the Premises; (b) the conduct of Tenant's business or any conduct done or permitted by Tenant to be done in or about the Project including but not limited to the costs and expenses of removal of hazardous materials; (c) all liens and claims of lien arising by reason of any alteration or improvement of the Premises by Tenant, or arising from any other cause; (d) any breach or default in the performance of Tenant's obligations under this Lease; (e) any misrepresentation or breach of warranty by Tenant under this Lease; and (f) other acts or omissions of Tenant, or any of its agents, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant shall defend Landlord against any such cost, attorneys' fees, claim or liability at Tenant's expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord or, at Landlord's election, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any legal fees or costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim. As a material part of the consideration to Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises arising from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord, except for any claim arising out of Landlord's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

5.2 Legal Proceedings. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for any reasonable costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach or default of Tenant under this Lease, whether or not suit is commenced or judgment entered. Such costs shall include legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Furthermore, if any action for breach of or to enforce the provisions of this Lease is commenced, the court in such action shall award to the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, a reasonable sum as attorneys' fees and costs. Such attorneys' fees and costs shall be paid by the losing party in such action. Tenant also shall indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all reasonable costs and expenses, demands and liability incurred by Landlord if Landlord becomes or is made a party to any claim or action (a) instituted by Tenant, or by license of or agreement with Tenant; (b) for foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Tenant or such other person; (c) otherwise arising out of or resulting from any act or transaction of Tenant or such other person; or (d) necessary to protect Landlord's interest under this Lease in a bankruptcy proceeding, or other proceeding under Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

5.3 Landlord's Consent. Tenant shall pay Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection with Tenant's request for Landlord's consent under Article 10 (Assignment and Subletting), or in connection with any other act which Tenant proposes to do and which requires Landlord's consent.

ARTICLE 6: USE OF PROPERTY

6.1 Permitted Use. Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use set forth in Article 1.2 and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for any other purpose.

6.2 Restrictions on Use. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other Tenants or occupants of the Building or injure or annoy them. Tenant shall not use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause or maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not bring or keep anything in, on or about the Premises which will increase the existing rate of or affect any fire or other insurance upon the Building or any of its contents. Tenant shall not use or allow any part of the Premises to be used for the storage, manufacturing, or sale of food or beverages or for the manufacture or retail or auction of merchandise or goods or property of any kind, or as a school or a classroom. Tenant shall not commit or suffer the commission of any waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not place any signs on the Premises or on the Building without Landlord's prior written consent. Tenant shall not cause or permit any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material to be brought to the Premises or used, handled, stored or disposed of on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not conduct business or any other activity on or about the Premises if of such a nature as to place an unreasonable and excessive burden upon the public or common areas of the Building or that will violate the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit C and made a part hereof.

-8-

6.3 Compliance with Governmental and Insurance Regulations; Assumption of Risk of Noncompliance. Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of the Certificate of Occupancy of the Building or the Premises or of any law, ordinance or regulation or other directive of any governmental authority having or exercising jurisdiction over the Building. If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant's business in the Premises, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, procure and at all times maintain such license or permit and shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions thereof. Tenant hereby warrants that, as of the execution of this Lease, Tenant has investigated whether its proposed use of the Premises and its proposed manner of operation complies with all applicable laws regulating the Premises.

6.4 Landlord's Access. Landlord may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to show the Premises to potential buyers, investors or tenants or other parties, or for any other reasonable purpose Landlord deems necessary. Landlord shall give prior notice of such entry, except in the case of an emergency or to provide routine services. Landlord may place customary "For Sale" or "For Lease" signs on the Premises or the Building. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a master key which will unlock all doors in, upon and about the Premises (excluding vaults and safes). Landlord shall conduct its entry in such a manner as to cause minimal interference with the conduct of Tenant's business or operations in the Premises.

ARTICLE 7: MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS, AND ALTERATIONS

7.1 Tenant's Obligations.

(a) Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep the Premises in good order, condition and repair including, without limitation (i) decorations, fixtures, interior walls and interior surfaces of exterior walls,
(ii) ceilings, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, entrances, plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, and electrical facilities and equipment within the Premises. Tenant shall paint the interior surfaces from time to time as may be required to keep the Premises neat and attractive; Tenant shall keep the Premises at all times in a neat, sanitary condition, free from waste or debris. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Building caused by the acts or negligence of Tenant, its agents or employees, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord.

(b) All of Tenant's obligations to maintain and repair shall be accomplished at Tenant's sole expense. If Tenant fails to maintain and repair the Premises, then Landlord, on ten (10) days' prior notice (except in the case of emergency whereupon no notice shall be required) may enter the Premises and perform such repair and maintenance and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred immediately upon demand therefore as Additional Rent.

(c) Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under Sections 1941 through 1942, inclusive, of the California Civil Code and hereby waives, to the extent permissible, any rights under other statutes or laws now or hereafter in effect which are contrary to the obligations of Tenant under this Lease, or which place obligations upon Landlord in addition to those provided in this Lease.

7.2 Landlord's Obligations.

(a) Except for repairs required as the result of Acts of God or other casualty (in which event Article 8 shall govern), Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions of the Building, including the basic HVAC, mechanical, electrical, and sanitary systems installed or furnished by Landlord, unless such maintenance or repairs are caused in whole or in part by the act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant, its agents, servants, employees or invitees, in which event Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of such maintenance or repairs upon demand. Landlord shall not be liable for failure to make any such repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant. Provided however, in no event or under any circumstances shall Landlord incur any liability to Tenant for any loss or liability incurred by Tenant in the operation of Tenant's business. Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord's expense under any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect. The failure of Landlord to make any repair or perform any act of maintenance shall not create in Tenant any right to abatement of Rent, be deemed a constructive eviction, or give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease.

-9-

(b) Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises, during Building Service Hours (as defined in Article 21 below) air conditioning and heat, elevator service, electric current for normal lighting and office machines, and water for lavatory and drinking purposes, all in such reasonable quantities as in the sole judgment of Landlord is necessary for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. Landlord will furnish building standard office cleaning services, Monday through Friday or Sunday through Thursday at Landlord's discretion (legal holidays excepted), provided the Premises are kept in good order by Tenant, and remove Tenant's ordinary office refuse and rubbish. Landlord (or an independent contractor) shall supply the Premises during Building Service Hours with reasonable amounts of energy and utilities for Tenant's use for lighting purposes and for equipment normally employed for general office purposes. In the event Landlord provides other additional services directly to Tenant, including, but not limited to, security, janitorial, excess refuse or rubbish removal, maintenance and repair service, or utilities beyond normal operating hours, Tenant shall pay all charges therefore within ten (10) days after receipt of a statement for the additional services. If Tenant uses excess electricity in Landlord's sole judgment which would be considered more than for general office use such as computers, separate air conditioning units, copy machines, etc. Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost (which shall be Landlord's actual cost for installation of an electrical meter), will install an electric meter to measure the excess amount of electricity consumed; and Tenant shall pay on demand to Landlord for the excess consumption at the rate charged to Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any stoppage or interruption of any such services caused by riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any of the foregoing services, or of any utilities to the Premises, and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to an abatement of rent or be deemed a construction eviction. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant under any circumstances for loss of property, or consequential damages, however occurring (including, but not limited to, the active or passive negligence of Landlord), through, in connection with, or incidental to the failure to furnish any of the foregoing. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise, shall not be in breach of this Lease, nor shall Tenant have any right of offset, abatement or termination as the result of Landlord's compliance with any governmental restrictions on the use of energy or water.

7.3 Alterations, Additions, and Improvements. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent, except for non-structural alterations which do not exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) cumulatively over the Lease Term, which are not visible from the outside of the Premises and which comply with all Rules and Regulations, Building Regulations and Landlord's structural, engineering and design requirements for the Building. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at least ten (10) days' prior written notice of the commencement of any work on the Premises. Landlord may require Tenant to provide payment and performance bonds in form and amount satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to record and post notices of nonresponsibility on the Premises of the Building. Upon Landlord's written request Tenant shall promptly remove any alterations, additions, or improvements constructed in violation of this Section. All alterations, additions and improvements shall be accomplished at Tenant's sole cost and expense in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformity with all applicable laws and regulations and by a contractor approved by Landlord. As soon as reasonably practicable, Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor and materials. Promptly upon completion of any such work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with "as built" plans. Tenant shall promptly pay when due all claims for labor and materials furnished to the Premises. Tenant shall save and hold the Landlord free and harmless (including reasonable attorney's fees and costs) from any and all claims for labor and materials and shall cause any mechanic's lien to be immediately removed from the Project and shall post with Landlord from a licensed surety acceptable to Landlord such indemnifications and/or bonds regarding any mechanic's lien as Landlord shall require.

7.4 Condition Upon Termination. Upon termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, broom-clean and in the same condition as received except for ordinary wear and tear which Tenant was not otherwise obligated to remedy under any provisions of this Lease. In addition, Landlord may require Tenant to remove any alterations, additions or improvements (whether or not made with Landlord's consent) prior to the termination of the Lease Term and may require Tenant to restore the Premises to its prior condition at Tenant's expense. All alterations, additions and improvements which Landlord has not required Tenant to remove shall be surrendered to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease, and shall be Landlord's property, except that Tenant may remove Tenant's machinery, trade fixtures or equipment which can be removed without material damage to the Premises or the Building. Tenant shall repair, at Tenant's sole expense, any damage to the Premises caused by the removal of any machinery or equipment.

-10-

ARTICLE 8: DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

8.1 Damage to Premises or Building. If the Premises or the Building are damaged by an insured casualty, occurring more than twenty four (24) months prior to the expiration of the term hereof, Landlord shall forthwith repair same, or cause same to be repaired, to the extent that insurance proceeds are made available to Landlord therefore and provided that such repairs can, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, be made within sixty (60) days from the date of such damage (without payment of overtime or other premiums) under the laws and regulations of the federal, state and local governmental authorities having jurisdiction thereof. If Landlord is not so required to repair such damage, Landlord shall have the option within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage either to (i) notify Tenant of Landlord's election to repair such damage, in which event Landlord shall thereafter repair same, or (ii) notify Tenant of Landlord's election to immediately terminate this Lease, in which event this Lease shall be so terminated. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, and regardless of whether caused by casualty, (a) Landlord shall not be required to repair any damage to property with respect to which Tenant is required to maintain property insurance pursuant to Section 13.3 below, and (b) any damage caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, invitees or guests shall be promptly repaired by Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that Landlord shall bear said cost and expense to the extent it receives proceeds, covering such damage, from insurance obtained by Landlord as part of Operating Costs. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1932, subdivision 2, and Section 1933, subdivision 4, of the Civil Code of California, and any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8.2 Abatement of Rent. If Landlord repairs damage to the Premises pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.1 above, Rent payable hereunder until such repairs are completed shall be abated in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion, if any, of the Premises rendered unusable by Tenant (and therefore not used thereby) bears to the rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, that there shall be such rent abatement only if (a) the damage so repaired is not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, invitees or guests, and (b) a material portion of the Premises is so rendered unusable for more than thirty
(30) consecutive days. Except for abatement of Rent, if any, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of (i) any damage to the Premises, the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) such repairs, or (iii) any inconvenience, interruption or annoyance caused by such damage or repair, except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord.

ARTICLE 9: CONDEMNATION

If all or any portion of the Premises is taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of that power (all of which are called "Condemnation"), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken or sold on the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever occurs first. If the remaining portion of the Premises is not reasonably usable for the conduct of Tenant's business, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease, and if more than twenty percent (20%) of rentable area of the Building excluding the Premises is taken, Landlord may terminate this Lease, in either event as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, by delivering written notice to the other within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority takes possession). If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease, this Lease shall remain in effect as to the portion of the Premises not taken, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in the rentable floor area of the Premises. Any Condemnation award or payment shall be distributed in the following order: (a) first, to any mortgagee or beneficiary under a deed of trust encumbering the Premises, the amount of its interest in the Premises; (b) second, to Tenant, only the amount of any award specifically designated for loss of or damage to Tenant's trade fixtures or removable personal property; and (c) third, to Landlord, the remainder of such award, whether as compensation for reduction in the value of the leasehold, the taking of the fee, or otherwise. If this Lease is not terminated, Landlord shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by the Condemnation, except that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage for which Tenant has been reimbursed by the condemning authority. If the severance damages received by Landlord are not sufficient to pay for such repair, Landlord shall have the right to either terminate this Lease or make such repair at Landlord's expense.

-11-

ARTICLE 10: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

10.1 Landlord's Consent Required. No portion of the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease may be acquired by any other person or entity, whether by assignment, mortgage, sublease, transfer, operation of law, or act of Tenant, without Landlord's prior written consent, except as provided in Section
10.2. Landlord shall grant or withhold its consent as provided in Section 10.5. Any attempted transfer without consent shall be void and shall constitute a noncurable breach of this Lease. If Tenant is a partnership, any cumulative transfer of more than twenty percent (20%) of the partnership interests shall require Landlord's consent. If Tenant is a corporation, any change in ownership of a controlling interest of the voting stock of the corporation shall require Landlord's consent.

10.2 Tenant Affiliate. Subject to the provisions of Article 10.9 below regarding Prohibited Transfers, Tenant may assign this Lease or sublease the Premises, upon reasonable prior notice to Landlord but without Landlord's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, or to any corporation resulting from the merger of or consolidation with Tenant ("Tenant's Affiliate"). In such case, any Tenant's Affiliate shall assume in writing all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease.

10.3 No Release of Tenant. No transfer permitted by this Article 10 whether with or without Landlord's consent, shall release Tenant or change Tenant's primary liability to pay Rent and to perform all other obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of Rent from any other person is not a waiver of any provision of this Article 10. Consent to one transfer is not a consent to any subsequent transfer. If Tenant's transferee defaults under this Lease, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without pursuing remedies against the transferee.

10.4. Procedures for Requesting Authorization. If Tenant desires at any time to assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it must first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (ii) the nature of the proposed subtenant's or assignee's business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment; and (iv) such financial information as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee.

10.5 Landlord's Option. At any time within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord's receipt of the information specified in Section 10.4 above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to (i) consent to the subletting or assignment upon the terms and to the subtenant or assignee proposed; (ii) refuse to give its consent; (iii) sublease the Premises or the portion thereof so proposed to be subleased by Tenant or take an assignment of Tenant's leasehold estate hereunder or such part thereof as shall be specified in Tenant's notice upon the same terms (excluding terms relating to the use of Tenant's name or the continuation of Tenant's business) as those offered to the proposed subtenant or assignee, as the case may be; or (iv) terminate this Lease as to the portion (including all) of the Premises so proposed to be subleased or assigned with a proportionate abatement in the Rent payable hereunder. Tenant agrees that Landlord may consent to a proposed subletting or assignment subject to such reasonable conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the conditions specified in Sections 10.6(a), 10.6(b) and 10.6(c) below. Tenant further agrees that no assignment or subletting consented to by Landlord shall impair or diminish any covenant, condition or obligation imposed upon Tenant by this Lease or any right, remedy or benefit afforded Landlord by this Lease. If Landlord consents to such assignment or subletting, Tenant may, within ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord's consent, enter into a valid assignment or sublease of the Premises or portion thereof upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 10.4 above, or upon other terms not more favorable to Tenant; provided, however, that any material change in such terms shall be subject to Landlord's consent as provided in this Article 10. Failure of Landlord to exercise any option set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above within such fifteen (15) day period shall be deemed the Landlord's refusal to consent to the proposed subletting or assignment.

-12-

10.6 Conditions to Consent.

(a) Standards of Reasonableness. It shall not be deemed unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment, subletting, hypothecation or other transfer if the proposed assignee, sublessee or transferee (i) is not satisfactory to Landlord as to credit, or (ii) intends to occupy the Premises for purposes other than specified in this Lease or for purposes which are inconsistent with Landlord's commitments to other tenants in the Building.

(b) Further Transfers. In no event shall Landlord's consent to any assignment, transfer or subletting relieve Tenant from the obligations to obtain Landlord's express written consent to any further assignment, transfer, subletting or sub-subletting or release Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder (whether or not then accrued), and Tenant shall continue to be fully, jointly and severally liable hereunder notwithstanding Landlord's consent to such assignment, transfer or subletting.

(c) Rent or Other Premiums. As a further condition to Landlord's consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer referred to in Section 10.5 and 10.6(a) or any other part of Article 10, Landlord shall be entitled to receive one-half (1/2) of any rent or other premium otherwise payable to Tenant in consideration of the sublease, assignment or other transfer (i.e., if the sublease, assignment or other transfer provides that the sublessee, assignee or other transferee thereunder is to pay any amount in excess of the rental and other charges due under this Lease, whether such premium be in the form of an increased monthly or annual rental, a lump sum payment in consideration of the sublease, assignment or transfer, or consideration of any other form, one-half (1/2) of such premium over and above the Rent and other sums due hereunder shall, at Landlord's election, inure to Landlord's benefit), and any such sublease, assignment or transfer and Landlord's consent shall be effected on forms supplied or approved by Landlord and its attorneys. For the purposes of this Section 10.6(c), in calculating the "one half (1/2) of any rent or other premium payable to Tenant," costs, expenses, rental concessions, tenant improvements, and real estate commissions incurred by Tenant in connection with any such subletting, assignment or other transfer shall be considered and deducted as part of said calculation.

10.7 Assignment of Sublease Rents. Tenant immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant's obligations under this Lease, all rent from any subletting of all or a part of the Premises as permitted by this Lease, and Landlord, as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord's application, may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant's obligations under this Lease; except that until the occurrence of an act of default by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent, subject to Section 10.6(c) above.

10.8 Processing Costs and Fees. Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for Landlord's reasonable costs and attorneys' fees incurred in connection with the processing and documentation of any such requested assignment, subletting, transfer, change of ownership or hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant's interest in and to the Premises.

10.9 Prohibited Transfers. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 10, Tenant shall not enter into any assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of or sales). Any such assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises. Tenant further covenants and agrees that it shall include in each assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises, a provision that neither the sublessee nor any other person having an interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of the Premises shall enter into any assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported assignment, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises, and Tenant further agrees to use reasonable efforts to enforce such provisions. A failure, refusal or neglect on Tenant's part to comply with the provisions of this Section 10.9 shall constitute, at Landlord's option, an event of default hereunder and at Landlord's election shall be void so as not to confer any rights upon any third person.

-13-

ARTICLE 11: DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

11.1 Covenants and Conditions. Tenant's performance of each of Tenant's obligations under this Lease is a condition as well as a covenant. Tenant's right to continue in possession of the Premises is conditioned upon such performance. Time is of the essence in the performance of all covenants and conditions contained in this Lease.

11.2 Defaults. Tenant shall be in default under this Lease upon the occurrence of, without limitation, any of the following:

(a) If Tenant fails to pay Rent or other charges required to be paid by Tenant, when such failure continues for three (3) days following notice to Tenant.

(b) If Tenant fails to perform any of Tenant's nonmonetary obligations under this Lease for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice from Landlord; provided that (except where Tenant is required to deliver the Estoppel Certificates or Subordination Agreements and similar documents as required by Article 12 below), if more than twenty (20) days are required to complete such performance, Tenant shall not be in default if Tenant commences such performance within the twenty (20) day period and thereafter diligently pursues its completion. However, Landlord shall not be required to give such notice if Tenant's failure to perform constitutes a noncurable breach of this Lease. The notices required by this Section 11.2 are intended to satisfy any and all notice requirements imposed by law on Landlord and is not in addition to any such requirement.

(c) If Tenant abandons or vacates the Premises for a period in excess of thirty (30) days.

(d) If any financial statement or any representation given to Landlord by Tenant or any successor of Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease proves to be false or misleading in any material respect.

(e) (i) If Tenant makes a general assignment or general arrangement for the benefit of creditors; (ii) if a petition for adjudication of bankruptcy or for reorganization or rearrangement is filed by or against Tenant and is not dismissed within sixty (60) days; (iii) if a trustee or receiver is appointed to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease and possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; or (iv) if substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease is subjected to attachment, execution or other judicial seizure which is not discharged within sixty (60) days. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the acts described in this subsection (e) is not a default under this Lease, and a trustee is appointed to take possession (or if Tenant remains a debtor in possession) and such trustee or Tenant transfers Tenant's interest hereunder, then Landlord shall receive, as Additional Rent, the difference between the rent (or any other consideration) paid in connection with such assignment or sublease and the Rent payable by Tenant hereunder.

11.3 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any default by Tenant, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have:

-14-

(a) The right to declare this Lease ended and terminated, to reenter the Premises, to remove and eject all persons therefrom, to take possession thereof, and to enjoy the Premises together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto, and Tenant shall thereupon have no further claim thereon or thereunder;

(b) The right, even though Landlord may have reentered the Premises without having declared this Lease ended and terminated, to thereafter elect to terminate this Lease and all of the rights of Tenant in and to the Premises;

(c) The rights available to Landlord under Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, which Section is incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full;

(d) In the event Landlord elects its rights and remedies under
Section 1951.4, Landlord may relet the Premises, or any part thereof, for the account of Tenant for the remainder of the Lease Term and any extension terms, at such rental, and upon such other provisions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem advisable. Landlord shall have the right, in reletting the Premises, to make reasonable alterations and repairs to the Premises, at Tenant's expense. In the event of any such reletting, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any unpaid Rent and all other amounts payable hereunder to the date of such reletting, and shall also pay upon demand all of the costs and expenses of reentry, alterations, repairs, and reletting, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and leasing commissions. Thereafter, upon the first day of each calendar month during the remainder of the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Base Rent and Additional Rent over the amount received by Landlord. In the event Landlord, upon such reletting, receives amounts in excess of the Rent hereunder, such excess shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future Rent, as the same may become due and payable hereunder, or applied to other obligations due to the Landlord from Tenant;

(e) Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease under the provisions of Sections 11.3(a) or (b) hereof, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies of a landlord provided in Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code, which Section is incorporated herein by this reference as though set forth in full. In computing Landlord's damages pursuant to Sections 1951.2(1) and (2) of the Civil Code, the "worth at the time of award" shall be computed by allowing interest at the Prime Rate then in effect plus three (3) percentage points. The amount of damages which Landlord may recover in the event of such termination shall include the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, computed in accordance with Civil Code Section 1951.2(b), plus reasonable attorneys' fees and leasing commissions;

(f) In the event of default, all of Tenant's fixtures, furniture, equipment, improvements, additions, alterations and other personal property shall remain on the Premises, and Landlord shall have the right to remove and store such property at Tenant's sole cost and expense, or take exclusive possession of same and to use same, rent or charge free, until all defaults are cured, or at its option, to require Tenant to forthwith remove same;

(g) Tenant hereby waives all claims and demands against Landlord for damages or loss arising out of or in connection with any reentering and taking possession of the Premises as provided in this Article;

(h) In the event of the exercise by Landlord of any one or more of its rights and remedies under this Article, Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or granted by or under any present or future laws, and further releases Landlord, from any and all claims, demands and liabilities by reason of such exercise by Landlord;

(i) The various rights, options, elections, powers and remedies reserved to Landlord herein shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by statute, Landlord may pursue any or all such rights and remedies, whether at the same time or otherwise, and no single right shall be deemed to be exclusive of any of the others or of any right or priority allowed by law or in equity. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or waiver of any default by Tenant. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord may exercise any other remedy now or hereafter available to a landlord against a defaulting tenant under the laws of the State of California; and

-15-

(j) Landlord shall be under no obligation to observe or perform any covenant of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed for the benefit of Tenant, which accrues after the date of any default by Tenant.

11.4 Landlord's Cure of Tenant's Default. If at any time during the Lease Term, Tenant fails, refuses or neglects to perform any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform such obligation at the expense and for the account of Tenant. The amount of any monies so expended or obligations so incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the maximum rate permitted by law, shall be repaid to Landlord within five (5) days of Tenant's receipt of Landlord's statement.

ARTICLE 12: PROTECTION OF LENDERS

12.1 Subordination. This Lease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, deed of trust or mortgage encumbering the Premises, any advances made on the security thereof and any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, whenever made or recorded; provided, however, that Tenant's right to quiet possession of the Premises during the Lease Term shall not be disturbed if Tenant pays the Rent and performs all of Tenant's obligations under this Lease and is not otherwise in default. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any ground lessor, beneficiary or mortgagee elects to have this Lease prior to the lien of its deed of trust or mortgage and gives written notice thereof to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such deed of trust or mortgage whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of such deed of trust or mortgage or the date of recording thereof.

12.2 Attornment. If Landlord's interest in the Premises is acquired by any ground lessor, beneficiary under a deed of trust, mortgagee, or purchaser at a foreclosure sale, Tenant shall attorn to the transferee of or successor to Landlord's interest in the Premises and recognize such transferee or successor as Landlord under this Lease. Tenant waives the protection of any statute or rule of law which gives or purports to give Tenant any right to terminate this Lease or surrender possession of the Premises upon the transfer of Landlord's interest.

12.3 Signing of Documents. Tenant shall sign and deliver any instrument or documents necessary or appropriate to evidence any such attornment or subordination or agreement to do so. If Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after written request, Tenant hereby makes, constitutes and irrevocably appoints Landlord, or any transferee or successor of Landlord, the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver any such instrument or document.

12.4 Estoppel Certificates.

(a) Upon Landlord's written request, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written statement certifying: (i) that none of the terms or provisions of this Lease have been changed (or if they have been changed, stating how they have been changed); (ii) that this Lease has not been canceled or terminated; (iii) the last date of payment of the Base Rent and other charges and the time period covered by such payment; and (iv) that Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is claimed to be in default, stating why). Tenant shall deliver such statement to Landlord within ten (10) days after Landlord's request therefore. Any such statement by Tenant may be given by Landlord to any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Such purchaser or encumbrancer may rely conclusively upon such statement as true and correct.

(b) If Tenant does not deliver such statement to Landlord within such ten (10) day period, Landlord, and any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer, may conclusively presume and rely upon the following facts: (i) that the terms and provisions of this Lease have not been changed except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (ii) that this Lease has not been cancelled or terminated except as otherwise represented by Landlord; (iii) that not more than one month's Base Rent or other charges have been paid in advance; and (iv) that Landlord is not in default under the Lease. In such event, Tenant shall be estopped from denying the truth of such facts.

-16-

ARTICLE 13: INSURANCE; INDEMNITY; WAIVERS

13.1 Liability Insurance. Tenant at all times during the Lease Term, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain in effect workers' compensation insurance, as well as a policy of commercial general liability insurance with a combined single limit of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence. Such policy shall specifically include, without limitation, personal injury, broad form property damage, and contractual liability coverage, the last of which shall cover the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements herein. Such insurance shall provide coverage on an occurrence basis. In no event shall the coverage limits under these policies limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease.

13.2 Property Insurance: Landlord. Landlord, at all times during the Lease Term, shall maintain a policy of property insurance covering the Premises and Building, protecting against (a) any peril included within the classification "Standard Fire and Extended Coverage", and (b) vandalism and malicious mischief. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the proceeds of these policies shall be used to repair the insured property. The cost of such insurance shall be included in the Operating Costs. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Landlord shall not be required to carry insurance covering the property described in Section 13.3 below or covering earthquake or flood but should Landlord elect to carry such insurance or any other insurance, the costs thereof shall be included in Operating Costs.

13.3 Property Insurance: Tenant.

(a) Tenant, at all times and at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain in effect a policy or policies of property insurance against fire, vandalism, malicious mischief and any peril included within the classification "Standard Fire and Extended Coverage," covering (i) its trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property and all alterations, additions and improvements (excluding Landlord's Work [as defined in the Addendum to this Lease]) made by or at the expense of Tenant at the Premises, in an amount not less than the replacement cost thereof from time to time, and (ii) all plate glass in the Premises.

(b) The proceeds of such insurance shall be used to repair or replace the insured property, during the Lease Term.

13.4 Insurance Policies. Any insurance required hereunder to be maintained by Tenant shall be written by companies which have a "General Policyholder's Rating" "A-XIII" or better, as set forth in Best's Insurance Guide and with such companies and in such form satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, and qualified to do business in California. Tenant shall provide to Landlord copies of policies of all such insurance, or certificates of insurance, showing Landlord and its lenders as additional insureds thereunder. All public liability policies shall contain a provision that Landlord, regardless of whether it is named as an insured, shall be entitled to recovery under the policies for any loss to Landlord, or Landlord's servants, agents, partners or employees by reason of the acts or omissions of Tenant, including but not limited to negligence. All policies of insurance to be obtained by Tenant must: (a) contain a provision that the company writing such policy will give Landlord thirty (30) days' notice in writing in advance of any cancellation or lapse of the coverage thereunder, or of any reduction in the amounts or types of coverage of insurance; and (b) be primary with respect to, and non-contributory with, any other insurance available to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to periodically review Tenant's insurance hereunder and require Tenant to obtain and maintain in effect additional or modified insurance which provides coverage comparable to that carried by tenants in other first-class office buildings in comparable locations in the Los Angeles area.

13.5 Waiver of Subrogation. Subject to the consent and approval of the company or companies issuing the insurance contemplated by this Lease, each party hereto hereby waives any and all rights to recover against the other party, or against the officers, directors, employees, shareholders or principals thereof, for loss or damage arising from any peril to the extent insured against under any property or workers' compensation insurance policy carried by such waiving party. To the extent reasonably available, each such policy shall be endorsed to reflect the foregoing.

-17-

ARTICLE 14: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

14.1 Landlord's Liability; Certain Duties.

(a) As used in this Lease, the term "Landlord" means only the current owner(s) of the fee title to the Building and all successors thereto, as such successors become the fee owners of the Building. Each Landlord is obligated to perform the obligations of Landlord under this Lease only during the time such Landlord owns such interest or title. Any Landlord who transfers its title or interest is relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations of Landlord under this Lease to be performed on or after the date of transfer. However, each Landlord shall deliver to its transferee all security deposits and advanced Rent (if any) previously paid by Tenant if such funds have not yet been applied under the terms of this Lease.

(b) Landlord's liability under this Lease shall be limited to Landlord's interest in the Building, and Tenant shall look solely to Landlord's interest in the Building for satisfaction of Tenant's remedies. No other property or assets of Landlord or any partner, officer, director, trustee or shareholder of Landlord shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedures for the satisfaction of Tenant's remedies. Neither Landlord nor any partner, officer, director, trustee or shareholder of Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any consequential or punitive damages based upon the failure of Landlord to perform its obligations under this Lease.

(c) Tenant shall give written notice of any failure by Landlord to perform any of its obligations under this Lease to Landlord and to any mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust encumbering the Premises whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant in writing. Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord (or such mortgagee or beneficiary) fails to cure such nonperformance within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant's notice. However, if such non-performance reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Landlord shall not be in default if such cure is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion. In the event of any default, breach or violation of Tenant's rights under this Lease by Landlord, Tenant's exclusive remedies shall be an action for specific performance or an action for damages. Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any laws or statutes granting Tenant the right to (i) perform Landlord's obligation, (ii) a lien upon the property of Landlord and/or upon Rent due Landlord, and (iii) the right to terminate this Lease or withhold Rent on account of any Landlord default, including the failure of Landlord to consent to an assignment or subletting where required to do so.

(d) Tenant agrees that neither the shareholders, nor the officers, directors, employees or agents of McMorgan & Company LLC shall be personally liable under this Lease.

14.2 Relocation Right. Landlord shall have the right to relocate the Premises to another part of the Building in accordance with the following: (a) the new premises shall be substantially the same in size, dimensions, configuration, decor, and nature as the Premises, and shall be placed in that condition by Landlord at Landlord's cost and expense; (b) the physical relocation of the Premises shall be accomplished by Landlord at Landlord's cost;
(c) Landlord shall give Tenant at least sixty (60) days' notice of Landlord's intention to relocate the Premises; (d) all actual costs incurred by Tenant as a direct result of the relocation, including, costs incurred in changing addresses on stationery, business cards, directories, advertising, and such other items shall be paid by Landlord in a sum not to exceed One Thousand Dollars ($1,000);
(e) the substituted premises shall be substantially complete and ready for Tenant's occupancy on the date that Tenant is required to abandon the Premises; and (f) the parties shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the relocation of the Premises and any other revised terms as agreed to between the parties hereto; in all other respects this Lease shall remain in full force and effect according to its terms.

14.3 Modification of the Building. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the configuration, arrangement, location of, or to regulate or eliminate the use of any concourse, garage, parking facility, elevators, stairs, toilets, entrances, landscaping and all common areas and portions of the Project without incurring any liability to Tenant or entitling Tenant to any abatement of rent and such action by Landlord shall not constitute an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant.

-18-

14.4 Parking in the Building. Tenant shall have the right, so long as this Lease remains in full force and effect, to lease from Landlord the number of parking spaces set forth in Article 1.2 for its employees' automobiles in the parking facilities of the Building, as and where designated by Landlord. Such parking shall be available upon terms and conditions to be established from time to time by Landlord or Landlord's operator of such parking facilities; Landlord does not warrant or represent that the parking will continue to be available if Tenant does not lease such parking continuously from the commencement of the Lease Term. Tenant may not sell, assign or transfer its parking rights hereunder, except pursuant to an approved and permitted sublease or assignment of this Lease.

14.5 Severability. A determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Lease or any part hereof is illegal or unenforceable shall not cancel or invalidate the remainder of such provision or provisions of this Lease, which shall remain in full force and effect.

14.6 Interpretation. The captions of the Articles or Sections of this Lease are to assist the parties in reading this Lease and are not a part of the terms or provisions of this Lease. Whenever required by the context of this Lease, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. The masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall each include the other. In any provision relating to the conduct, acts or omissions of Tenant, the term "Tenant" shall include Tenant's agents, employees, contractors, invitees, successors or others using the Premises with Tenant's express or implied permission.

14.7 Incorporation of Prior Agreement; Modifications. This Lease is the only agreement between the parties pertaining to the lease of the Premises and no other agreements are effective. All amendments to this Lease shall be in writing and signed by all parties. Any other attempted amendment shall be void.

14.8 Notices. All notices required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or sent by nationally recognized overnight courier. Notices to Tenant shall be delivered to the address specified in Article 1.2, except that upon Tenant's taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall be Tenant's address for notice purposes. Notices to Landlord shall be delivered to the address specified in Article 1.2. All notices shall be deemed effective upon the earlier of the date of actual receipt or forty-eight
(48) hours after mailing, except that all notices of change of address shall be deemed given as of the date of receipt thereof. Either party may change its notice address upon written notice to the other party.

14.9 Waivers. All waivers must be in writing and signed by the waiving party. Landlord's failure to enforce any provision of this Lease or its acceptance of rent shall not be a waiver and shall not prevent Landlord from enforcing that provision of this Lease in the future. No statement on a payment check from Tenant or in a letter accompanying a payment check shall be binding on Landlord. Landlord may, with or without notice to Tenant, negotiate such check without being bound to the conditions of such statement.

14.10 No Recordation. This Lease shall not be recorded. No memorandum or short form hereof shall be recorded without Landlord's prior written consent.

14.11 Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease binds any party who legally acquires any rights or interest in this Lease from Landlord or Tenant. However, Landlord shall have no obligation to Tenant's successor unless the rights or interests of Tenant's successor are acquired in accordance with the terms of this Lease. The laws of the State of California shall govern this Lease.

14.12 Corporate Authority; Partnership Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, each person signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she has full authority to do so and that this Lease binds the corporation. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of Tenant's Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease or other evidence of such authority reasonably acceptable to Landlord. If Tenant is a partnership, each person signing this Lease for Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is a general partner of the partnership, that he or she has full authority to sign for the partnership and that this Lease binds the partnership and all general partners of the partnership. Within thirty (30) days after this Lease is signed, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant's recorded Statement of Partnership or Certificate of Limited Partnership.

-19-

14.13 Joint and Several Liability. All parties signing this Lease as Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant.

14.14 Force Majeure. If Landlord cannot perform any of its obligations due to events beyond Landlord's control, the time provided for performing such obligations shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of such events. Events beyond Landlord's control include, but are not limited to, acts of God, war, civil commotion, labor disputes, strikes, fire, flood or other casualty, shortages of labor or material, government regulation or restriction and weather conditions.

14.15 Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall comply with all reasonable Rules and Regulations applicable to Tenants of the Building established by Landlord for use of the Building including, but not limited to, the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C, incorporated herein by this reference, as amended from time to time. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of any Tenant or occupant of the Building to observe the Rules and Regulations and all amendments and additions thereto.

14.16 Plurals and Genders. The terms "Landlord" and "Tenant" as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, and the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders.

14.17 "Persons" Defined. The words "person" or "persons" whenever used shall include individuals, firms, associations and corporations.

14.18 Covenants and Agreements--Time of the Essence. All of the provisions of this Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate provision hereof. Each of Tenant's covenants and agreements herein contained are conditions, the time of the performance of each is of the essence of this Lease, and the strict performance of each shall be a condition precedent to the right of Tenant to remain in possession of the Premises and to have this Lease continue in effect.

14.19 Counterparts. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute and be construed as one and the same instrument.

14.20 Applicable Law and Venue. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Any action to declare or enforce any rights or obligations under this Lease may be commenced by any party in the Superior Court of the County in which the Building is located. Tenant hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such Court for such purposes and agrees that any notice, complaint or other legal process delivered to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.8 of this Lease shall constitute adequate notice and service of process for all purposes and shall subject Tenant to the jurisdiction of such Court for purposes of adjudicating any matter related to this Lease. The provisions of this Section shall also apply to all guarantors of this Lease.

14.21 Incorporation of Exhibits. All Exhibits or Riders referenced in this Lease (or which are executed concurrently herewith and attached hereto and refer to this Lease) are incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

14.22 Building Name Change. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building from time to time during the term of this Lease.

14.23 Multiple Parties. If there is more than one person, firm, corporation, partnership or other entity comprising Tenant, then (i) the term Tenant, as used herein, shall include all of the undersigned, (ii) each and every provision in this Lease shall be binding on each and every one of the undersigned, (iii) each of the undersigned shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder; (iv) Landlord shall have the right to join one or all of the undersigned in any proceeding or to proceed against them in any order; and (v) Landlord shall have the right to release any one or more of the undersigned without in any way prejudicing its right to proceed against the others.

-20-

14.24 No Violation of Other Agreements. Tenant warrants and represents that neither its execution performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound and Tenant agrees to indemnify Landlord against any loss, cost, damage or liability arising out of Tenant's breach hereof.

14.25 Confidentiality. All of the terms and provisions of this Lease and all documents and correspondence relating thereto shall be kept confidential by the Tenant and the terms and provisions thereof shall not be disclosed without the prior written consent of Landlord.

14.26 Modification of Lease. Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification or modifications of this Lease, which modification or modifications will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefore and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following a request therefore. Should Landlord or any such prospective mortgagee or ground lessor require execution of a short form of Lease for recording, containing, among other customary provisions, the names of the parties, a description of the Premises and the Lease Term, Tenant agrees to execute such short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) days following the request therefore.

14.27 Transportation Management. Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project or Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

14.28 Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that if, and so long as, Tenant pays all of the Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder, and keeps and performs each and every covenant, agreement, term, provision and condition on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed, Tenant shall quietly enjoy the Premises without hindrance or molestation by Landlord or by any other person lawfully claiming the same, subject to the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease and to any mortgages or deeds of trust and covenants, restrictions, easements and agreements of record to which this Lease is subordinate.

14.29 Security. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no (a) obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project, or (b) responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its employees, agents, contractors, representatives, licensees, guests, invitees and visitors, or the property thereof, from acts of third parties, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project.

ARTICLE 15: BROKERS

15.1 Indemnity. Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings with any real estate broker, agent, or finder in connection with this Lease except the Brokers, if any, set forth in Article 1.2 hereof. Each party hereto agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from any claim for any compensation, commission, fee or other charge by any other real estate broker or agent or finder claiming through the indemnifying party.

15.2 Broker's Commission. Landlord shall pay a commission to Landlord's Broker, as set forth in Article 1.2, and to no other broker, agent or finder. Landlord shall have no obligation to pay Tenant's Broker, it being understood that Tenant's Broker shall look solely to Landlord's Broker or to Tenant for payment of its fee.

-21-

ARTICLE 16: ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

Additional provisions may be set forth in an addendum or addenda attached hereto. All such addenda and all exhibits referred to in this Lease or which are executed concurrently herewith and attached hereto, are incorporated by this reference as though fully set forth herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first hereinabove set forth.

"LANDLORD"

McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC

By: McMorgan & Company LLC
Its: Manager
By:

Brian Seaman Its: Vice President

"TENANT"

Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation

By:
         -------------------------------------
Name:    Etienne Weidemann

Title:   President & COO

By:
         -------------------------------------
Name:
         -------------------------------------
Title:
         -------------------------------------

If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

-22-

ADDENDUM
to Office Lease dated August 5, 2004

between McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC. ("Landlord) and Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation ("Tenant")

ARTICLE 17: CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

Any work performed at the Building or on the Premises by Tenant or Tenant's contractor in connection with improvements shall be subject to the following additional requirements:

(a) Such work shall not proceed until Landlord has approved (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) in writing:
(i) Tenant's contractor, (ii) the amount and coverage of public liability and property damage insurance, with Landlord named as an additional insured, carried by Tenant's contractor, (iii) complete and detailed plans and specifications for such work, and (iv) a schedule for the work.

(b) All work shall be done in conformity with a valid permit when required, a copy of which shall be furnished to Landlord before such work is commenced. In any case, all such work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws. Notwithstanding any failure by Landlord to object to any such work, Landlord shall have no responsibility for Tenant's failure to comply with applicable laws.

(c) Tenant understands that all contractors and subcontractors retained at the Project by Landlord or Tenant to perform construction or tenant improvement work shall be signatory to the appropriate collective bargaining agreement(s) with the labor organizations affiliated with the Building and Construction Trades Department of the AFL-CIO, with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, or with the United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners of America.

(d) Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless for any work performed, including consequential damages, which is not performed in accordance with applicable law or the provisions of this lease.

ARTICLE 18: HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

The Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with all laws, ordinances, regulations, and standards regulating or controlling hazardous wastes or hazardous substances, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 9601, et seq., the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901, et seq.; the Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act, Health and Safety Code section 25300, et seq.; the Underground Storage of Hazardous Substance Act, Health and Safety section 25280, et seq.; the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (Health and Safety Code section 25249.5, et seq.); and the Hazardous Waste Control Law, Health and Safety Code section 25100, et seq. (the "Environmental Laws"). The Tenant hereby indemnifies and at all times shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord, the Landlord's trustees, directors, officers, employees, investment manager(s), attorneys, agents and any successors to the Landlord's interest in the chain of title to the Property, their trustees, directors, officers, employees, and agents from and against any and all claims, suits, demands, response costs, contribution costs, liabilities, losses, or damages, directly or indirectly arising out of the existence, use, generation, migration, storage, transportation, release, threatened release, or disposal of Hazardous Materials (defined below) in, on, or under the Property or in the groundwater under the Property and the migration or transportation of hazardous materials to or from the Property or the groundwater underlying the Property. This indemnity extends to the costs incurred by the Landlord or its successors to reasonably repair, clean up, dispose of, or remove such Hazardous Materials in order to comply with the Environmental Laws, provided the Landlord gives the Tenant not less than thirty (30) days advance written notice of its intention to incur such costs. The Tenant's obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnification and hold harmless agreement shall survive the termination of this lease. The subtenants, contractors, agents, or invitees of the Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, store, transport, release, threaten release, or dispose of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Property unless the Tenant shall have received the Landlord's prior written consent therefore, which the Landlord may withhold or revoke at any time in its reasonable discretion, and shall not cause or permit the release or disposal of Hazardous Materials from the Property except in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws. The Tenant shall not permit any person, including its subtenants, contractors, agents, or invitees to use, generate, manufacture, store, transport, release, threaten release, or dispose of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Property or transport Hazardous Materials from the Property unless the Tenant shall have received the Landlord's prior written consent therefore, which the Landlord may withhold or revoke at any time in its reasonable discretion and shall not cause or permit the release or disposal of Hazardous Materials. The Tenant shall promptly deliver written notice to the Landlord if it obtains knowledge sufficient to infer that Hazardous Materials are located on the Property that are not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or if any third party, including, without limitation, any governmental agency, claims a significant disposal of Hazardous Materials occurred on the Property or is being or has been released from the Property, or any such party gives notice of its intention to declare the Property to be Border Zone Property (as defined in section 25117.4 of the California Health and Safety Code). Upon reasonable written request of the Landlord, the Tenant, through its professional engineers and at its cost, shall thoroughly investigate suspected Hazardous Materials contamination of the Property. The Tenant, using duly licensed and insured contractors, shall promptly commence and diligently complete the removal, repair, clean-up, and detoxification of any Hazardous Materials from the Property as may be reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required.

-23-

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, nothing herein shall prevent the Tenant from using materials other than Hazardous Materials on the Premises as would be used in the ordinary course of the Tenant's business as contemplated by this Lease. The Tenant does not in the course of the Tenant's current business use Hazardous Materials. If during the term of this Lease, the Tenant contemplates utilizing such materials (or subleases/assigns this Lease to a subtenant or assignee who utilizes Hazardous Materials), the Tenant shall obtain prior written approval from the Landlord which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Landlord, at its option, and at the Tenant's expense, may cause an engineer selected by the Landlord, to review (a) the Tenant's operations including materials used, generated, stored, disposed, and manufactured in the Tenant's business and (b) the Tenant's compliance with terms of this paragraph. The Tenant shall provide the engineer with such information reasonably requested by the engineer to complete the review. The first such review may occur prior to or shortly following commencement of the term of this Lease. Thereafter, such review shall not occur more frequently than once each year unless cause exists for some other review schedule. One-half (1/2) of the fees and costs of the engineer shall be paid promptly by the Tenant to the Landlord upon receipt of written notice of such fees and costs.

"Hazardous Materials" means any hazardous waste or hazardous substance as defined in any federal, state, county, municipal, or local statute, ordinance, rule, or regulation applicable to the Property, including, without limitation, the Environmental Laws. "Hazardous Materials" shall also include asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, radon gas, petroleum or petroleum fractions, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls greater than 50 parts per million, and chemicals known to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity, whether or not defined as a hazardous waste or hazardous substance in any such statute, ordinance, rule, or regulations.

ARTICLE 19: BUILDING SERVICES

19.1 Building Services. Landlord shall provide: (a) necessary elevator facilities from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday and 9:00
a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturday (legal holidays excepted) ("Building Service Hours") and have one elevator subject to call at all other times; (b) heat to the during Building Service Hours whenever such heat shall, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises;
(c) air conditioning to the Premises during Building Service Hours whenever such air conditioning shall, in Landlord's reasonable judgment, be required for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises; (d) building standard office cleaning services, Monday through Friday or Sunday through Thursday at Landlord's discretion (legal holidays excepted), provided the Premises are kept in good order by Tenant, and remove Tenant's ordinary office refuse and rubbish; and (e) water for ordinary lavatory purposes but if Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purposes or in unusual quantities (of which fact Landlord shall be the sole judge), Landlord may install a water meter at Tenant's expense which Tenant shall thereafter maintain in good working order and repair, and Tenant shall be liable for all repairs made to any water device in Tenant's premises up to the point of connection from the Building's main water source and shall pay Landlord upon demand for such repairs.

-24-

19.2 Other Services

(a) Landlord or an independent contractor shall supply the Premises during reasonable hours with reasonable amounts of energy and utilities for Tenant's use for lighting purposes and for equipment normally employed for general office purposes. In the event Landlord provides other additional services directly to Tenant, including, but not limited to, security, janitorial, excess refuse or rubbish removal, maintenance and repair service, or utilities beyond normal operating hours, Tenant shall pay all charges therefore within ten (10) days after receipt of a statement for said additional services. If Tenant uses excess electricity in Landlord's sole judgment which would be considered more than for general office use such as computers, separate air conditioning units, copy machines, etc. Landlord, at Tenant's sole cost, will install an electric meter to measure the excess amount of electricity consumed; and Tenant shall pay on demand to Landlord for the excess consumption at the rate charged to Landlord.

(b) Tenant may from time to time request from Landlord additional services to be performed which would not otherwise be the Landlord's obligation to perform under this Lease. The Landlord, however, may at its option perform such services at the sole cost of Tenant. Such services shall be performed at the actual cost to Landlord plus an administration fee determined by Landlord.

ARTICLE 20: OPTION TO RENEW

Tenant shall have one (1) personal and non-transferable Option to Extend the Lease for a period of three (3) years, and said option shall be exercised by notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord in writing not more than nine (9) months nor less than six (6) months prior to the expiration of the current Lease term; provided that, at the time of the exercise and as of the commencement of the renewal term (i) no default has occurred and (ii) Tenant has not sublet or assigned any portion of the Premises. The rental rate for said option period shall be the higher of (i) the Base Rent in effect at the end of the initial lease term or (ii) Landlord's Fair Market Rental Rate. Fair Market Rental Rate shall mean the monthly amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable, new and non-renewing, non-equity, non-expansion Tenant would pay for comparable space and Landlord would accept, at arms length, giving appropriate consideration to free rent, beneficial occupancy, length of lease term, size and location of premises being leased, building standard work letter and/or tenant improvement allowance, if any, and other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy in the building, as evidenced where possible by recently consummated lease transactions in the building.

ARTICLE 21: RIGHT TO TERMINATE

Provided no Default has occurred and Tenant has given at least nine (9) months, but not more than twelve (12) months, prior written notice, Tenant shall have the option to cancel its obligations under this Lease effective at the end of the thirty-eighth (38th) month of the Lease by making a payment to Landlord upon the exercise of the cancellation option equal to the sum of (a) Landlord's unamortized deal costs (i.e. leasehold improvements, commissions, free rent, etc.) associated with this Lease based upon an interest rate of eight percent (8%) with such amortization commencing after the date any Conditional Rent has ceased (with respect to the initial costs incurred by Landlord) plus (b) four
(4) months Base Rent at the rate in effect as of the date the lease would terminate (collectively, the "Termination Fee"). At least ninety (90) days prior to the Notice Deadline, Tenant shall send Landlord notice requesting the amount of the Termination Fee, such that Tenant will know the correct Termination Fee to be tendered to Landlord upon exercise of the cancellation option. If Tenant does not request the amount of the Termination Fee as provided herein, Tenant's failure to tender the correct Termination Fee at the time of exercise of the cancellation option shall render the exercise of such option null and void.

ARTICLE 22: SIGNAGE

Subject to City and Landlord approvals, Tenant shall be granted the right to install building "eyebrow" signage. In addition to the eyebrow sign, subject to city and Landlord prior approvals, Tenant will be allowed to place company name over side entrance to the suite. All costs associated with said signage will be at Tenant's sole cost and expense.

-25-

ARTICLE 23: FIRST RIGHT OF OFFER

Landlord shall deliver to Tenant notice of any space on the ground floor, other than the Premises, becoming available from time to time during the Lease Term ("Landlord's Notice"). Tenant shall have a right of first offer to lease such space at Fair Market Rental (as hereinafter defined). For purposes hereof, "Fair Market Rental" shall mean the rent payable by a willing Tenant to a willing landlord, taking into account all relevant factors, for like and comparable space, improved with tenant improvements of like and comparable quality to those then existing in such space, in the Building and like and comparable office buildings located in the immediate market area of the project or in like and comparable areas; provided, however, that in determining "Fair Market Rental", brokerage commissions payable by landlords shall be disregarded. Within two (2) weeks of Landlord's receipt of Tenant's Notice (as hereinafter defined), Landlord shall notify Tenant of Fair Market Rental as determined by Landlord. Any dispute between the parties hereto with respect to the amount so determined shall be resolved by arbitration in accordance with the then-existing rules of the American Arbitration Association; provided, however, that there shall not be deemed to be such a dispute unless Tenant notifies Landlord thereof within two
(2) weeks after Landlord so notifies Tenant of Fair Market Rental. The arbitrator (s) shall be a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers (or any successor association or body of comparable standing) and shall have been engaged in the appraisal of commercial real estate situated in the area of the Building for a period of not less than five (5) years immediately preceding his appointment. Tenant shall pay as rent the amount determined by Landlord as Fair Market rental until such time as determined by arbitration, whereupon Tenant shall pay any additional amount due to Landlord based upon such subsequent determination of Fair Market Rental. If rent so paid by Tenant is higher than that ultimately determined by the arbitration process, Landlord shall reimburse such difference to Tenant. The term of the lease for such space shall be coterminous with the then remaining term of this Lease, and the other lease terms and conditions for such space shall be identical to this Lease with respect to the Premises. Space shall not be deemed available in the Building if a then existing tenant occupying such space decides to renew or extend the term of its lease with respect to such space pursuant to an options to so renew or extend, or if a then existing tenant in the Building then has an option to expand into such space as additional space. This right of first offer may be validly exercised only by Tenant's notice in writing ("Tenant's Notice") received by Landlord within one (1) week after delivery of Landlord's Notice to Tenant, and only if (a) Tenant is not then or at any time thereafter until such delivery of such space to Tenant is in default hereunder and (b) the original Tenant hereunder intends to occupy such space upon delivery thereof and furnishes evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and Tenant does not assign any interesting this Lease or sublease all or any portion of the Premises, or enter into any agreement to do same, at any time prior to such attempted exercise or thereafter until such delivery. In the event less than two
(2) years remain on the Primary Lease term, this right shall terminate.

"LANDLORD"

McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC

By: McMorgan & Company LLC
Its: Manager

By:

Brian Seaman Its: Vice President

-26-

"TENANT"

Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation

By:

Etienne Weidemann Its: President & COO

By:

If Tenant is a CORPORATION, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The Lease must be executed by the president or vice-president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease.

-27-

Exhibit "A"

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

[FLOOR PLAN OMITTED]

-28-

Exhibit "B"

NOTICE OF LEASE COMMENCEMENT

Auxilio, Inc.



Attn: Etienne Weidemann

Re: Commencement Date of Lease Dated November 1, 2004 for Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation 27401 Los Altos, Suite 100
Mission Viejo, California (the "Lease")

Dear Mr. Weidemann:

In accordance with Section 2.1 of the Lease, we hereby advise you that the Commencement Date of the Lease is November 1, 2004.

Kindly acknowledge your acceptance of the Commencement Date by signing a copy of this letter in the space provided below and returning it to the undersigned.

Very truly yours,

Acknowledged and Accepted this
___ day of ________, 20__

Auxilio, Inc.

By:
Etienne Weidemann
Its: President & COO

By:

Title:

-1-

Exhibit "C"

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. Tenant and Tenant's employees shall not loiter in the entrance or corridors of the Building or in any way obstruct the sidewalks, entry passages, halls, stairways and elevators in and around the Building, and shall use the same only as passageways, and means of passage, to and from their respective offices.

2. The sash doors, sashes, windows, glass doors, lights and skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of the Building shall not be covered or obstructed, and doors leading into the corridors shall not be suffered to remain open. The water closets and urinals shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no rubbish, newspapers or other substances of any kind shall be thrown into them. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into, paint, or in any way deface the walls, ceilings, partitions, floors, wood, stone or iron work of the Building. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from a violation of this rule shall be borne by Tenant.

3. No awning, shade, sign, advertisement or notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building, except by the written consent of Landlord and unless it be of such color, size and style and in such place upon or in the Building as may be designated by Landlord. If Tenant desires window curtains in addition to those already in the Premises and owned by Landlord, the same must be of such uniform shape, color, material and make as may be prescribed by Landlord and must be put up in the manner directed by Landlord, and paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in order to preserve the efficiency of the heating and air conditioning systems in the Building.

4. Electric wiring of every kind shall be introduced and connected as directed by Landlord, and no boring or cutting for wires shall be allowed except with the consent of Landlord. The location of telephone and telegraph instruments shall be designated by Landlord.

5. Tenant shall not use any machinery in the Premises which may cause any excessive noise, as determined by Landlord in its sole judgment, reasonably exercised, or may cause any jar or tremor to the floors or walls, or which by its weight may injure the floors of the Building.

6. Landlord may limit the weight, size and position of all safes used in the Building and such safes shall in all cases stand on wood or metal of such size as shall be designated by Landlord. All damage done to the Building by putting in, taking out or maintaining a safe shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. Landlord may likewise limit the weight, size and position of any equipment and machinery of every kind used in the Building. No machinery of any kind, whether manually or electrically operated, including, without limitation, IBM or other forms of electronic business machines, heating or air conditioning machines, and air or water cooling machines (but excluding electrically operated typewriters and adding or calculating machines) will be allowed in the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

7. Tenant and Tenant's officers, agents and employees shall neither make nor permit any sound to be made in the Premises or the Building which would disrupt or interfere with the other tenants of the Building, nor make nor permit any other improper noises in the Building, nor interfere in any other way with other tenants or those having business in the Building, nor bring into nor keep within the Building any animal, bird or bicycle. Tenant and Tenant's officers, agents and employees shall not throw cigar or cigarette butts or other items of any kind out the windows or doors or down the passageways or skylights of the Building, or sit on or place anything upon the window sills or outside ledges.

8. All freight must be moved into, within and out of the Building under the supervision of Landlord, and according to such regulations as may be posted in the Building, and shall be moved only between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m., and 2:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. of days other than Saturdays, Sundays and holidays (no moving being permitted on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays without Landlord's permission), but Landlord shall not be responsible for the loss of or damage to such freight from any cause.

-1-

9. All keys shall be obtained from Landlord and all keys shall be returned to Landlord upon the termination of this Lease. Tenant shall not change the locks or install other locks on the doors. Neither Tenant, his agents nor employees shall have any duplicate key made.

10. Use of the Premises outside of Building Service Hours shall be permissive and subject to such rules and requirements as Landlord may from time to time prescribe.

11. The bulletin board or directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of Tenant only, and Landlord reserves the right to exclude all other names therefrom and to make a reasonable charge for each and every name other than the name of Tenant which Tenant may desire to be placed upon such bulletin board and to which Landlord may consent.

12. No person shall be employed by Tenant to do janitorial work in any part of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the rules and regulations of the Building.

14. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building and gates or doors closing the stairways thereof during such hours as Landlord may deem to be advisable for the adequate protection of the Building.

15. Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents or associates, or other persons entering or leaving the Building when it is so locked may be required to sign the Building register when so doing, and the watchman in charge may refuse to admit Tenant or any of Tenant's employees, agents or associates or any other person to the Building while it is so locked, without a pass previously arranged or other satisfactory identification, showing such person's right to access to the Building at such time. However, Landlord assumes no responsibility whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be liable for any damage resulting from any error in regard to any such pass or identification or from the admission of any unauthorized person to the Building.

16. Landlord reserves the right to require issuance of a permit or pass authorizing removal by Tenant or its employees, agents or associates of any furniture, parcel, crate, typewriter or other sizable or valuable item of personal property from the Building.

17. Neither Tenant nor its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any flammable, combustible or explosive fluid, chemical or substance, except for a reasonable quantity of such material reasonably necessary for the conduct of Tenant's trade or business.

18. Tenant agrees that at no time will it permit any equipment, machinery or device of any kind to be extended out of any window of the Premises or on any ledge outside of any such window, specifically including any air conditioner or air conditioning equipment.

19. Landlord reserves the right at any time to change or rescind any one or more of these rules or regulations or to make such other further reasonable rules and regulations applicable to all tenants of the Building as in Landlord's reasonable judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises and the Building, and for the preservation of good order therein as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant herein or to any other person for the nonobservance or violation of the rules and regulations by any other tenant or other person. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these rules and regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition to Tenant's occupancy of the Premises.

-2-

20. Tenant at all times agrees to abide by any additional rules or regulations which are ordered or requested by any governmental or military authority.

21. Tenant and its employees, agents, subtenants, contractors and invitees shall comply with all applicable "no-smoking" ordinances and, irrespective of such ordinances, shall not smoke or permit smoking of cigarettes, cigars or pipes in the Premises or the Building.

-3-

EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Auxilio, Inc., a Nevada Corporation, (hereinafter called Tenant) and McMorgan Institutional Real Estate Fund I, LLC (hereinafter called Landlord) are executing simultaneously with this Work Letter Agreement (Agreement), a written Lease Agreement (the Lease) covering those certain premises more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the Premises) in the Building addressed at 24701 Los Altos, Mission Viejo, California.

To induce Tenant to enter into the Lease (which is hereby incorporated by reference to the extent that the provisions of this agreement may apply thereto) and in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Lease.

2. REPRESENTATIVES. Landlord hereby appoints Paul Perrelle of CB Richard Ellis, as Landlord's representative to act for Landlord in all matters covered by this Agreement. Tenant hereby appoints , as Tenant's representative to act for Tenant in all matters covered by this Agreement. All inquiries, requests, instructions, authorizations and other communications with respect to the matters covered by this Agreement shall be related to Landlord's representative or Tenant's representative, as the case may be. Tenant will not make any inquiries of or request to, and will not give any instructions or authorizations to, any other employee or agent of Landlord, including Landlord's architects, engineers, and contractors or any of their agents or employees, with regard to matters covered by this Agreement. Either Landlord or Tenant may change its representative at any time by written notice to the other.

3. BUILDING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. (Intentionally Deleted)

4. TENANT FINAL SPACE PLAN. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) business days following the full execution of the Lease, a preliminary space layout and improvement plan, which shall include finish specifications, for the Premises ("Tenant Space Plan"). Upon Landlord's receipt of Tenant Space Plan, Landlord shall have five (5) business days to review and approve the Tenant Space Plan. Landlord and Tenant shall utilize their good faith efforts to resolve any disagreement concerning the Tenant Space Plan. Upon Landlord's and Tenant's approval of the Tenant Space Plan, such document shall thereafter be referred to as the "Tenant Final Space Plan", to be attached hereto as Exhibit B-1.

5. TENANT WORKING DRAWINGS. Based upon the approved Tenant Final Space Plan, Landlord will, through Landlord's space planner, cause working drawings for the improvements to the Premises (the "Tenant Working Drawings") to be prepared and delivered to Tenant. The Tenant Working Drawings will include all requirements of any government authority, and all architectural, mechanical and electrical engineering plans required for the issuance of permits and the completion of the Tenant Improvements, which may include, but not be limited to, complete detailed plans and specifications for Tenant's partition layout, reflected ceiling, heating and air conditioning, electrical outlets and switches, telephone outlets, plumbing, fire sprinklers and finish selections. It is further agreed that all plans and specifications referred herein and above are subject to Landlord's approval, which Landlord agrees shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, which determination shall be made within five (5) business days following Landlord's receipt of the Tenant Working Drawings. Landlord's preparation or approval of the Tenant Working Drawings, the Tenant Space Plan and any other plans or specifications shall not constitute any representations as to the adequacy, efficiency, performance or desirability of any space plan or improvements. Tenant shall furnish, within three (3) business days after Landlord's request, all information necessary to enable Landlord to complete the Tenant Working Drawings. Any interior design services, such as selection of paint colors, wall coverings, fixtures, furnishings, carpeting or design of millwork or other special items shall be provided by Tenant at its expense, but shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Upon completion of the Tenant Working Drawings, Landlord shall deliver such documents to Tenant for review and approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall respond to Landlord with (i) any comments to such documents or (ii) its approval of the documents within three (3) business days following Tenant's receipt thereof.

-1-

6. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR CREDITS. (Intentionally Deleted)

7. COST OF CONSTRUCTION AND PLANS. In connection with the Tenant Improvements to be constructed by Landlord, Landlord, subject to Landlord's approval of costs, shall perform the improvements in accordance with Tenant's space plan Exhibit B-1 attached, utilizing building standard materials, finishes and quantities, which shall include the preparation of the Tenant Space Plan and Tenant Working Drawings. Any additional costs to complete the Tenant Improvements (the "Above-Allowance Work"), including, but not limited to, the cost of overhead, supervision and profit, shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant in a lump sum. If the total cost of completing the Tenant Improvements is less than the Allowance, any savings shall inure to the benefit of Landlord.

8. FINAL TENANT COST PROPOSAL. Within ten (10) business days following Tenant's approval of the Tenant Working Drawings, Landlord will provide Tenant a final cost proposal for constructing the improvements to the Premises in accordance with the Tenant Working Drawings (the "Final Tenant Cost Proposal"). The Final Tenant Cost Proposal will be based on actual bids received by Landlord from its contractors, who shall be signatory to the appropriate collective bargaining agreement (s) with the labor organizations affiliated with the Building and Construction Trades Department of the AFL-CIO, with the International Brotherhood of Teamsters, or with the United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners of America, and shall also include Landlord's administration fee of 5%.

9. APPROVAL OF FINAL TENANT COST PROPOSAL. Tenant will deliver to Landlord written approval of the Final Tenant Cost Proposal within five (5) business day following Tenant's receipt. Landlord shall use reasonable care in preparing the Final Tenant Cost Proposal; provided, however, that the Final Tenant Cost Proposal shall not limit Tenant's obligation to pay the actual cost of any Above-Allowance Work if such cost is solely attributable to: (i) any changes in the Tenant Improvements; or (ii) any changes, modifications, or change orders requested by Tenant; or (iii) any delay by Tenant enumerated in Paragraph 12 below that increases the cost of construction; or any changes required by a governmental authority during construction of the Tenant Improvements.

10. EFFECT OF APPROVAL. Tenant's approval of Tenant Working Drawings (initial or revised) will constitute Tenant's acknowledgment that such drawings correctly depict the proper layout and design for any and all improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant. All of the work called for by the Tenant Working Drawings will be performed by one or more contractors engaged by Landlord, at Landlord's cost and expense. Landlord will submit the Tenant Working Drawings to the appropriate governmental authorities for necessary approvals and building permits.

11. PAYMENT FOR ABOVE ALLOWANCE WORK. Within five (5) business days following Tenant's approval of the Final Tenant Cost Proposal, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a lump sum payment for the Above-Allowance Work, prior to Landlord commencing work on the Tenant Improvements. All amounts payable by Tenant under this Work Letter shall constitute additional rent under the Lease, and Landlord shall have the same remedies against Tenant for default in the payment thereof as in the case of Tenant's failure to pay any other sum due under the Lease.

12. COMPLETION AND RENTAL COMMENCEMENT DATE. Each of the following shall be deemed a Tenant delay to the extent that actual delays are caused thereby, for the purposes of establishing the Commencement Date of the Lease:

(a) Tenant's failure to timely supply information necessary to complete the Tenant Working Drawings (or revisions to such drawings); or

(b) Tenant's failure to timely pay for any Above-Allowance Work; or

-2-

(c) material modifications, revisions and changes to the Tenant Space Plan or Tenant Working Drawings requested by or on behalf of Tenant; or

(d) changes in the work requested by or on behalf of Tenant or orders to halt or delay the work given by or on behalf of Tenant; or

(e) any delay in the completion of the work caused by Tenant's contractors or material suppliers; or

(f) any other delay of any kind or nature caused by Tenant or its contractors, architects, space planners or other agents or employees.

Landlord using its commercially reasonable efforts, agrees to provide Tenant with written notice ("Delay Notice") of any delay described by this Section within three (3) business days following the occurrence thereof. The failure by Landlord to deliver the Delay Notice within ten (10) business days following such delay shall be deemed Landlord's waiver of the effect of such delay, provided however, Landlord may subsequently deliver a Delay Notice with regard to such Tenant delay and any subsequent continuing delay shall be recognized as a Tenant delay. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, to the extent that such delay relates to (i) any action required to be performed by Tenant pursuant to the express provisions of this Lease within a specified time period, and/or (ii) Landlord and Tenant have previously acknowledged, in writing, that Tenant's actions and/or inaction are resulting in a delay. Landlord's failure to deliver a Delay Notice shall not be deemed a waiver of such delay.

13. CHANGE ORDERS. Tenant may authorize changes in the work during construction only by written instructions to Landlord's representative on a form approved by Landlord. Also, such changes will be subject to Landlord's prior written approval. Before commencing any change, Landlord will prepare and deliver to Tenant, for Tenant's approval, the change order setting forth the cost of such change, which will include associated architectural, engineering and construction fees, if any, and the cost of such change for Landlord's contractor's overhead and profit. If Tenant fails to approve such change order within three (3) business days, Tenant will be deemed to have withdrawn the proposed change and Landlord will not proceed to perform that change. If Tenant timely approves such change order, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any amounts payable by Tenant in connection with the change orders provided for in this Paragraph. Delays resulting from requested change orders by Tenant or Tenant's failure to comply with the time parameters set forth in this Agreement shall accordingly extend the Expected Completion Date.

14. ACCESS TO PREMISES PRIOR TO DELIVERY. Landlord shall allow Tenant and its contractors to enter the Premises at reasonable times during the seven (7) day period prior to the Commencement Date to permit Tenant to install its cabling for telephone, computers, work stations and security system, if any; provided, however, that prior to such entry into the Premises, Tenant shall provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the insurance required to be carried by Tenant, per the Lease, shall be in full force and effect at the time of such entry. Tenant and its representatives shall not interfere with Landlord or Landlord's contractor in completing the work required of Landlord under this Agreement and Tenant and its representatives shall be subject to all directives of Landlord and Landlord's contractors in connection with such entry as well as the use of the Building's common areas, restrooms, elevators, truck loading areas and other facilities. Prior to the commencement of any construction in the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord's representative a proposed work schedule for Tenant's contractors and other representation, which schedule shall be subject to Landlord's reasonable approval. Landlord's contractor, subject to such schedule, shall reasonably coordinate with Tenant with regard to Tenant's construction schedule. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant's property placed upon or installed in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant's sole risk, and Tenant shall be liable for all injury, loss or damage to persons or property arising as a result of such entry of the Premises by Tenant or its representatives.

15. EXCESSIVE LOADS. Tenant agrees that should the nature of its layout or any of its equipment, fixtures or furnishings to be placed in the Premises place a burden in excess of the Building's designed load, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord the cost of any modifications to the Building necessary to accommodate Tenant's furniture, furnishings or layout, as well as any design. engineering or other professional fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such modifications.

-3-

16. ALTERATIONS. Any alterations or improvements described by Tenant after Landlord's delivery of the Premises shall be subject to the provisions of the Lease.

If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign this Work Letter where indicated below.

LANDLORD:                                  TENANT:

McMorgan Institutional Real                Auxilio Inc., a Nevada Corporation
   Estate Fund I, LLC

                                           By:
---------------------------------------         --------------------------------

By:  McMorgan & Company LLC                Its:
                                                --------------------------------

Its:  Investment Manager                   Name:
                                                --------------------------------

By:                                        By:
                                                --------------------------------

Its:                                       Its:
                                                --------------------------------

                                           Name:
                                                --------------------------------

Address: c/o CB Richard Ellis              Address:
         2125 E. Katella, Suite 100                 ----------------------------
          Anaheim, CA 92806
                                              ----------------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

-4-

EXHIBIT B-1

TENANT SPACE PLAN

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

-5-

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

PeopleView, Inc.; a Delaware Corporation

Auxilio Solutions Inc.; a California Corporation

www.AUXILIOInc.com


CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Joseph Flynn, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB of Auxilio, Inc. (the "Registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this Annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;

4. Auxilio's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this Annual Report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c) presented in this Annual Report my conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on my evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of my most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Dated:  April 14, 2005


/s/ Joseph Flynn
-----------------------------
Joseph Flynn,
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)


CERTIFICATION OF THE CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Paul T. Anthony, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB of Auxilio, Inc. (the "Registrant");

2. Based on my knowledge, this Annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Annual Report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Annual Report;

4. Auxilio's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to me by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this Annual Report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c) presented in this Annual Report my conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on my evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5. I have disclosed, based on my most recent evaluation, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant's auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. I have indicated in this annual report whether there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of my most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Dated:  April 14, 2005


/s/ Paul T. Anthony
-----------------------------
Paul T. Anthony,
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)


CERTIFICATION OF THE CEO AND CFO PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Auxilio, Inc. and Subsidiary (the "Company") on Form 10-KSB for the year ending December 31, 2004 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), we, Joseph Flynn, Chief Executive Officer and Paul T. Anthony Principal Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects the financial condition and results of the Company.

Date:  April 14, 2005
                               By:/s/ Joseph Flynn
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                  Joseph Flynn, Chief Executive Officer

                               By:/s/ Paul T. Anthony
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                  Paul T. Anthony, Principal Financial Officer